Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement

Any and All of Its Outstanding 10¹/2% Senior Secured Notes due 2012 (CUSIP No. 265338 AC 7)

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this offering memorandum, disclosure statement, consent solicitation and solicitation of acceptances (as it may be supplemented and amended from time to time, collectively, the “Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement”) of a prepackaged Plan of Reorganization, attached hereto as Appendix A (the “Plan of Reorganization”), and the related letter of transmittal, consent and power of attorney (the “Letter of Transmittal”) and ballot (the “Ballot”) for accepting or rejecting the Plan of Reorganization, as each may be amended from time to time, Dune Energy, Inc. (“Dune,” the “Company” or “we”) is offering in exchange for $300 million in aggregate principal amount of its 10¹/2% Senior Secured Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes” or “Senior Secured Notes”) (i) an aggregate of approximately 251 million shares of its newly issued common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “common stock”), (ii) an aggregate of 250,000 shares of its Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “New Preferred Stock”), which will automatically convert into an aggregate of approximately 3.537 billion shares of common stock at the Restructuring Time (as defined herein) and (iii) at our option, either (a) $50 million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “New Notes”) or (b) an aggregate cash payment of $50 million. For each $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes, we are offering (i) 836.8739 shares of common stock, (ii) 0.833333 shares of New Preferred Stock and (iii) at our option, either (a) $166.67 aggregate principal amount of New Notes or (b) $166.67 in cash. All common stock, New Preferred Stock, New Notes and/or cash issued in exchange for Old Notes will be rounded as described herein. We refer to this exchange offer as the “Offer.” Concurrently with the Offer, we are soliciting from each registered holder of Old Notes as shown in the records maintained by the registrar for the Old Notes (each, an “Old Noteholder”) consents (the “Consents”) to certain proposed amendments (the “Proposed Amendments”) to (i) the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2007, as supplemented (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Old Notes were issued, (ii) the related intercreditor agreement and (iii) the security documents thereunder.

The Offer is subject to several conditions as further described herein. If those conditions are not satisfied or waived, and Old Noteholders holding at least 66²/3% in principal amount of Old Notes who actually vote, and a majority of the holders of Old Notes who actually vote, vote in favor of the Plan of Reorganization set forth herein, we may seek to file a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case to consummate the restructuring described herein. Pursuant to the bankruptcy Plan of Reorganization, all Old Noteholders would receive common stock and a payment of $50 million in the form of either New Notes or cash; provided that Old Noteholders holding at least 66²/3% in principal amount of Old Notes who actually vote, and a majority of the Old Noteholders who actually vote, vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization and the other conditions to consummation of the Plan of Reorganization are satisfied. Only those parties who actually vote are counted for these purposes and therefore it is important that you provide the appropriate instruction to your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee (each, a “Nominee”) to cast the appropriate vote on your behalf. By providing an instruction to your Nominee to participate in the Offer or vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization, you are making certain certifications, as contained in the ballot, and agreeing to certain provisions contained in the Plan of Reorganization including exculpation, injunction and release provisions.

The Proposed Amendments for which Consents are being sought will eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants, certain events of default, the liens securing collateral on the Old Notes and the repurchase rights in the event of certain asset sales or changes of control and related provisions contained in the Indenture with respect to any Old Notes that remain outstanding after consummation of the Offer, as further described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

You should consider the risk factors beginning on page 19 of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement before you decide whether to participate in the Offer and vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

The Offer is intended to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the exemption from such registration contained in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. The Offer and the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization are exempt from state securities law requirements by virtue of Section 18(b)(4)(C) of the Securities Act.

The date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is November 14, 2011.

THIS SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION IS BEING CONDUCTED TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT ACCEPTANCES OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PRIOR TO THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY CASE UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF TITLE 11 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE (THE “BANKRUPTCY CODE”). BECAUSE NO CHAPTER 11 CASE HAS YET BEEN COMMENCED, THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ANY COURT AS CONTAINING ADEQUATE INFORMATION WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1125(A) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. WE HAVE NOT AT THIS TIME TAKEN ANY ACTION APPROVING A BANKRUPTCY FILING AND, IF THE OFFER IS CONSUMMATED, WE WILL NOT COMMENCE A BANKRUPTCY FILING TO CONSUMMATE THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ATTACHED AS APPENDIX A HERETO.

Prior to tendering the Old Notes or voting on the Plan of Reorganization, Old Noteholders are encouraged to read and consider carefully this entire Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, including the Plan of Reorganization attached hereto as Appendix A and the matters described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, the Letter of Transmittal and/or the Ballot.

In making a decision in connection with the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization, Old Noteholders must rely on their own examination of us and the terms of the Offer, the restructuring transactions and the Plan of Reorganization, including the merits and risks involved. Old Noteholders should not construe the contents of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement as providing any legal, business, financial or tax advice. Each Old Noteholder should consult with its own legal, business, financial and tax advisors with respect to any such matters concerning this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, the Offer, the Plan of Reorganization and the restructuring transactions contemplated thereby.

You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or to which this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement refers you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of the common stock, New Preferred Stock or New Notes in any jurisdiction where such offers are not permitted. You should not assume that the information provided in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, or that the information incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is accurate as of any date other than the date of such information.

NONE OF THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, THEIR RESPECTIVE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS, THE EXCHANGE AGENT, VOTING AGENT AND INFORMATION AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAKES ANY RECOMMENDATION AS TO WHETHER OLD NOTEHOLDERS SHOULD EXCHANGE OLD NOTES FOR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, NEW PREFERRED STOCK AND NEW NOTES OR CASH IN THE OFFER AND APPROVE THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.

The information contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is as of the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and is subject to change, completion or amendment without notice. Neither the delivery of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement at any time nor the offer, exchange or delivery of any security hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the information set forth in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or in our affairs since the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

No person is authorized in connection with the Offer to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, any other securities commission nor any other regulatory authority, has approved or disapproved the Offer, Plan of Reorganization or the New Notes nor have any of the foregoing authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the Offer or the accuracy or adequacy of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The Offer and solicitation of votes in respect of the Plan of Reorganization are being made on the basis of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and are subject to the terms described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Any decision to participate in the Offer and/or vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization must be based on the information contained in this document. In making an investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their own examination of us and the terms of the Offer and Plan of Reorganization, including the merits and risks involved. Prospective investors should not construe anything in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement as legal, business or tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its advisors as needed to make its investment decision and to determine whether it is legally permitted to participate in the Offer under applicable legal investment or similar laws or regulations.

Each prospective investor must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which it participates in the Offer and accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization or possesses or distributes this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and must obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for participation in the Offer under the laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction to which it is subject, and neither we nor any of our representatives shall have any responsibility therefor.

We reserve the right to amend, modify or withdraw any of the Offer and Plan of Reorganization at any time and we reserve the right to reject any tender or vote, in whole or in part.

This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement contains summaries believed to be accurate with respect to certain documents, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of those summaries are qualified in their entirety by this reference. Copies of documents referred to herein will be made available to prospective investors upon request to the Company.

This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, the related Letter of Transmittal and/or Ballot and the Plan of Reorganization contain important information that should be read before any decision is made with respect to an exchange of Old Notes or acceptance or rejection of the Plan of Reorganization.

The delivery of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement shall not under any circumstances create any implication that the information contained or incorporated by reference herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof or date thereof or that there has been no change in the information set forth or incorporated herein or in any attachments hereto or in our affairs or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates since the date hereof or date thereof.

Any New Notes issued pursuant to the Offer will initially be available in book-entry form only. We expect that the New Notes will be issued in the form of one or more registered global notes. The global notes will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and transfers of beneficial interests in the global notes will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. After the initial issuance of the global notes, certificated notes will be issued in exchange for global notes only in the limited circumstances set forth in the applicable indenture governing the New Notes. See “Description of New Notes—Book-Entry, Delivery and Form.”

Dune desires to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement contains a number of forward-looking statements that reflect management’s current views and expectations with respect to our business, strategies, future results and events and financial performance. All statements made in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement other than statements of historical fact, including statements that address operating performance, events or developments that management expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future, including statements related to revenues, cash flow, profitability, adequacy of funds from operations, statements expressing general optimism about future operating results and non-historical information, are forward looking statements. In particular, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “plan,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements and their absence does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” starting on page 19 and elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from historical results as well as those expressed in, anticipated or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on management’s current expectations and projections about future events, are not guarantees of future performance, are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions (including, without limitation, those described herein) and apply only as of the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below in “Risk Factors” starting on page 19 as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, and the risks discussed in our press releases and other communications to stockholders issued by us from time to time which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business. Except as may be required under the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Dune files reports and information statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). You may read and copy any document Dune files with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the same documents from the public reference room of the SEC in Washington by paying a fee. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Dune’s filings are also electronically available from the SEC’s Electronic Document Gathering and Retrieval System, which may be accessed at www.sec.gov, as well as from commercial document retrieval services.

Dune is “incorporating by reference” the information it files with the SEC into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, which means that Dune is disclosing important information to you by referring you to those documents. Information that is incorporated by reference is an important part of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Certain information that Dune files after the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement with the SEC will automatically update and supersede the information included or incorporated by reference herein. Dune incorporates by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement the documents listed below, which were filed with the SEC, and such documents form an integral part of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement:

Dune is also incorporating by reference any future filings Dune makes with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and prior to the expiration or termination of the Offer, except that, unless otherwise indicated, Dune is not incorporating any information furnished under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of any Current Report on Form 8-K. Any statement contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or in a document (or part thereof) incorporated or considered to be incorporated by reference in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement shall be considered to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement to the extent that a statement contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or in any other subsequently filed document (or part thereof) that is or is considered to be incorporated by reference in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement modifies or supersedes that statement. The modifying or superseding statement need not state that it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set forth in the document that it modifies or supersedes. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be considered, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute part of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

Copies of each of the documents incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement (other than an exhibit to a filing unless that exhibit is specifically incorporated by reference into that filing) may be obtained at no cost by contacting the information agent at its telephone number set forth on the back cover of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

This summary highlights some basic information contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement to help you understand our business, the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should carefully read this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement to understand fully the terms of the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization, as well as the information incorporated by reference herein. You should pay special attention to the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 and the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Unless stated otherwise, the discussion in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement of our business includes the business of Dune Energy, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, “Dune,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Dune Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Through the consummation of the Offer or Plan of Reorganization, we intend to restructure our capital structure to improve our liquidity position and enhance our capital levels while providing adequate time to execute the business restructuring strategy. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal and/or Ballot, we are offering to exchange the Old Notes for common stock, New Preferred Stock and, at our option, either New Notes or cash in the Offer, and we are soliciting Consents and acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization. At the Restructuring Time (as defined herein), the New Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. Please read “Recapitalization After the Offer.”

In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization, you may elect to (i) tender your Old Notes in the Offer and vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, (ii) vote to reject the Plan of Reorganization without tendering Old Notes or (iii) take no action with respect to the Offer and thereby reject the Plan of Reorganization. In the event that you choose to take no action with respect to the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization, you will be deemed to have rejected the Offer and will have no bearing on the approval of the Plan of Reorganization.

If we consummate the Offer, tendering Old Noteholders will receive the consideration described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

If we do not consummate the Offer and elect to proceed with a restructuring under the Plan of Reorganization, all Old Noteholders will receive the treatment provided in the Plan of Reorganization upon approval and consummation of the Plan of Reorganization.

If the Offer is not consummated and the Plan of Reorganization is not accepted, the Company expects that it will likely be necessary to file for bankruptcy protection without the benefit of an agreed plan of reorganization, which may require significant and accelerated asset liquidations. No decision has been made by the Company’s board of directors to file petitions for relief under the Bankruptcy Code.

Dune Energy, Inc. is an independent energy company based in Houston, Texas. We were formed in 1998 and since May of 2004, we have been engaged in the exploration, development, acquisition and exploitation of crude oil and natural gas properties, with interests along the Louisiana/Texas Gulf Coast. Our properties cover over 85,000 gross acres across 22 producing oil and natural gas fields.

During the second quarter of 2011, our current liabilities increased materially and exceeded our current assets. The primary reason for this significant change was the movement into the current maturity category of our $40.0 million term loan facility due March 15, 2012 and our $296.8 million of Old Notes, net of discount of $3.2 million. As of September 30, 2011, our total assets were approximately $271.2 million. Given our current outlook, we

determined that we may be unable to pay the term loan facility and Old Notes upon maturity. Accordingly, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our business has historically relied on the development of oil and natural gas properties, which are highly speculative and can take long periods of time and substantial capital to develop. On July 5, 2011, we announced that the ORX SL 214 #1 well at Garden Island Bay, Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana, of which we own a 15% working interest, had been abandoned and left capable for deepening or sidetracking operations at a later time. A large portion of our 2011 budget was dependent on the success of this well. Our current highly leveraged position has created a significant impediment to our continued development of this well and others that we operate.

The Company and its board of directors, in consultation with its advisors, continue to develop and execute the Company’s business restructuring strategy, which has the following objectives:

Grow Through Exploitation, Development and Exploration of Our Properties. Our primary focus will continue to be the development and exploration efforts in our Gulf Coast properties. We believe that our properties and acreage position will allow us to grow organically through low risk drilling in the near term, as this property set continues to present attractive opportunities to expand our reserve base through workovers and recompletions, field extensions, delineating deeper formations within existing fields and higher risk/higher reward exploratory drilling. In addition, we will constantly review, rationalize and “high-grade” our properties in order to optimize our existing asset base.

Actively Manage the Risks and Rewards of Our Drilling Program. Our strategy is to increase our oil and natural gas reserves and production while keeping our finding and development costs and operating costs (on a per Mcf equivalent (Mcfe) basis) competitive with our industry peers. We will implement this strategy through drilling exploratory and development wells from our inventory of available prospects that we have evaluated for geologic and mechanical risk and future reserve or resource potential. Our drilling program will contain some higher risk/higher reserve potential opportunities as well as some lower risk/lower reserve potential opportunities in order to achieve a balanced program of reserve and production growth.

Maintain and Utilize State of the Art Technological Expertise. We expect to maintain and utilize our technical and operations teams’ knowledge of salt-dome structures and multiple stacked producing zones common in the Gulf Coast to enhance our growth prospects and reserve potential. We employ technical advancements, including 3-D seismic data and Pre-Stack depth and Reverse-Time migration to identify and exploit new opportunities in our asset base. We also employ the latest directional drilling, completion and fracturing technology in our wells to enhance recoverability and accelerate cash flows.

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions of Underdeveloped Properties. We continually review opportunities to acquire producing properties, leasehold acreage and drilling prospects that are in core operating areas and require a minimum of initial upfront capital. We are also seeking to acquire operational control of properties that we believe have a solid proved reserves base coupled with significant exploitation and exploration potential. Nevertheless, while we will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that we believe will further enhance our operations and reserves in a cost effective manner, our principal efforts in 2011 have been and will be on exploiting our existing asset base.

By successfully implementing its business restructuring strategy, the Company’s goal is to restructure its balance sheet in a manner that will provide it the ability to access the upside of its asset base.

The Company’s principal objective in restructuring its capital structure as described herein (the “Restructuring Plan”) is to significantly improve the Company’s free cash flow, reduce its debt service expense and strengthen its balance sheet by retiring the Old Notes. The Company believes that the Restructuring Plan, whether implemented through the Offer or through the Plan of Reorganization:

Upon successful implementation of the Restructuring Plan, whether through the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization, the Company believes it will be better positioned to continue its efforts to conduct its business effectively.

If we consummate the Offer, tendering Old Noteholders will receive the consideration described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Immediately thereafter, we will effectuate certain recapitalization transactions (the “Recapitalization”). Following the consummation of the Recapitalization, assuming 100% participation in the Offer and subject to dilution by certain employee compensation plans, we will have only common stock and no preferred stock issued and outstanding, and current holders of the Old Notes will hold 97.25% of the equity and voting power of the Company, holders of our currently outstanding Preferred Stock will hold 1.5% of the equity and voting power of the Company, and holders of our currently outstanding common stock will hold 1.25% of the equity and voting power of the Company. For more information, see “Recapitalization After the Offer” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Recapitalization.”

Under the Offer, each Old Noteholder who validly tenders its Old Notes (without validly withdrawing such Old Notes) will receive in exchange for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Old Notes: (i) 836.8739 shares of our newly issued common stock; (ii) 0.833333 shares of New Preferred Stock, each whole share of which will automatically convert into 14,149.595545 shares of our common stock at the Restructuring Time; and (iii) at our option, either $166.67 aggregate principal amount of New Notes or $166.67 in cash. No fractional consideration will be issued in exchange for Old Notes tendered into the Offer. Any fractional shares of common stock, shares of New Preferred Stock, New Notes or cash will be rounded to the nearest whole share or dollar as applicable, with amounts of 0.5 or more being rounded up to the next nearest whole share or dollar, as applicable, and amounts of less than 0.5 being rounded down. If we obtain alternative financing on terms and conditions acceptable to us and the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes (the “Consenting Old Noteholders”) party to a restructuring support agreement dated as of October 6, 2011 (the “Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement”) to (a) refinance our existing secured credit agreement, (b) fund our ongoing operations and (c) pay Old Noteholders an aggregate amount of $50 million in cash, each Old Noteholder will receive its pro rata share of $50 million in cash under the Offer, rather than New Notes. In the event that a sufficient loan commitment amount on terms and conditions acceptable to us and the Consenting Old Noteholders is not received, the Old Noteholders will receive their pro rata share of the $50 million in aggregate principal amount of New Notes. Please read “Description of the Offer” and “Recapitalization After the Offer.”

Under the Plan of Reorganization, the Old Noteholders will receive shares of common stock and, depending on whether we receive the sufficient loan commitment amount described above, either (i) New Notes or (ii) an aggregate cash payment of $50 million. Please read “The Plan of Reorganization.”

Consummation of the Restructuring Plan through the Offer provides several benefits, including:

Consummating the Offer also avoids the potential need to seek bankruptcy protection and the related costs and disruptions. These costs could be material and may include:

Additionally, a bankruptcy filing could have other effects on our business that are more difficult to measure, including indirect costs.

If the Offer is not consummated, but the Old Noteholders and holders of the Company’s 10% Senior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Old Preferred Stock”) accept the Plan of Reorganization in the requisite amounts, consummation of the Restructuring Plan through the Plan of Reorganization provides several benefits, including:

It is the Company’s intention to pursue its Restructuring Plan through the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization. If, however, the Offer is not consummated and the Plan of Reorganization is not approved, the Company expects that it will likely be necessary to file for bankruptcy protection, without the benefit of an agreed plan of reorganization, or liquidate Dune. In the event of a bankruptcy filing without an agreed plan of reorganization, we would likely be subject to a lengthy and costly bankruptcy process and we believe such a filing would cause substantial damage to our business and reputation. In addition, such a bankruptcy filing could present obstacles to conducting our business. Furthermore, lenders and other partners could seek to terminate their relationships with us, require financial assurances or enhanced returns, or refuse to provide credit on the same terms as prior to a bankruptcy filing.

We have entered into the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement with certain Old Noteholders who, in the aggregate, hold approximately 95% of the outstanding principal amount of the Old Notes, and who have agreed, among other things, to tender their Old Notes in the Offer and thereby consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to the conditions provided therein, and their consents are irrevocable except under specified conditions.

We have also entered into a restructuring support agreement with UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”), a holder of 64% of the Old Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock Restructuring Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Restructuring Support Agreement, UBS has agreed to consent to all actions required to be taken to effectuate the Restructuring Plan.

The Company’s obligation to accept and exchange any Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Offer is conditioned, among other things, upon:

Because the Company does not currently have sufficient authorized shares of common stock available under its certificate of incorporation to effectuate the Recapitalization, the Recapitalization is conditioned upon the receipt of written consents of the holders of a majority of the common stock approving: (i) an increase in the authorized shares of our common stock to 4,200,000,000, (ii) an amendment to the certificate of designations of our Old Preferred Stock to provide for the automatic conversion of the Old Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 58,433,825 shares of common stock and an aggregate cash payment of $4.0 million, (iii) a reverse split of our common stock on a 1-for-100 basis (i.e. each stockholder will receive 1 share of common stock for each 100 shares owned immediately prior to the reverse split) and (iv) such other matters as may be to be necessary or appropriate to effect the Recapitalization (collectively, the “Charter Amendments”). By submitting its Letter of Transmittal, each tendering Old Noteholder will also grant a power of attorney in favor of James A. Watt and Frank T. Smith, Jr., and each of them, to execute a written consent of common stockholders to approve the Charter Amendments. Immediately after the consummation of the Offer, the Company will take any actions necessary to effect the Charter Amendments. In the event that the condition subsequent is not satisfied and the Charter Amendments have not become effective by the close of business on the date of the consummation of the Offer, unless such condition subsequent has been waived in writing by the tendering holders of two-thirds in principal amount of the Old Notes, the Offer shall be deemed invalidated and the transactions effected pursuant to the Offer shall be immediately unwound.

Under the Plan of Reorganization, a class of claims is deemed to accept their treatment under a plan if 66²/3% in amount and more than 50% in number of the claims voting on the Plan of Reorganization vote to accept it. Under the Plan of Reorganization, a class of equity security holders is deemed to accept their treatment under a plan if 66²/3% in amount of such equity security interest voting on the Plan of Reorganization votes to accept it. The Plan of Reorganization contemplates that the Company and its subsidiaries would be joint plan proponents and all would commence bankruptcy cases.

Subject to waiver as permitted by the Plan of Reorganization and applicable law, confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization is conditioned on (i) the bankruptcy court having entered the confirmation order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Noteholders (each as defined under the plan), (ii) the plan being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Majority Consenting Noteholders and (iii) all documentation related the plan and the plan supplement being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Majority Consenting Noteholders.

Immediately following the Recapitalization, our Board of Directors will be comprised of seven members, one of whom will be our current President and Chief Executive Officer and six of whom will be designated by the Old Noteholders tendering their Old Notes in the Offer.

Following the consummation of the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization, the Company will continue to pursue its broader business restructuring strategy. The Restructuring Plan, whether implemented through the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization, will significantly enhance Dune’s capital structure and liquidity position.

The reduction in annual cash interest payments from the current level of approximately $37 million to approximately $5 million will dramatically increase the available cash for investment in our property base. Beginning in 2012, we anticipate initiating a proved undeveloped, or PUD, drilling program in our Garden Island Bay field that has been on hold due to capital constraints. Further we expect to initiate drilling operations on the significant prospect inventory of low risk exploratory tests within Garden Island Bay field. We also plan to increase our drilling and exploratory activity with joint venture partnerships in our Bateman Lake and Leeville fields. We expect these activities to both increase our production volumes and provide for a significant decrease in overall lease operating expense in these three fields on a unit of production basis, as there is a significant fixed cost component associated with working each of these fields due to their location.

The Company will be further positioned to begin adding new prospective areas for development and drilling activity within our core asset base and seek acquisition opportunities to provide additional reserve and production growth for the company.

The Company is currently negotiating with a financial institution to provide a secured revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”). Under the anticipated terms of the New Credit Facility, the availability of loans under the New Credit Facility will be limited by the Company’s borrowing base, which initially is expected to be $63.0 million, and the letters of credit and proceeds of loans under the New Credit Facility can only be used to fund the cash portion of the Restructuring or refinancing indebtedness under the Wayzata Term Loan, for the acquisition and development of oil and natural gas properties and for general corporate purposes. The obligations of the Company under the New Credit Facility are expected to be guaranteed by its domestic subsidiaries. The Company’s interest on borrowings is expected to be priced at LIBOR plus a margin or, at the Company’s option, a domestic bank rate plus a margin, subject to certain adjustments. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into the New Credit Facility on these terms or at all. Please read “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

This summary highlights the more detailed information found elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, and you should read the entire Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement carefully.

If we for any reason determine that it would be more advantageous or expeditious, we may seek to effectuate the restructuring transactions by filing a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court in which the Chapter 11 Cases are filed (the “Bankruptcy Court”) and seek Bankruptcy Court approval of the restructuring transactions through confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.

To facilitate court approval of the in-court alternative, we are simultaneously soliciting acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix C. In the event a Chapter 11 case is commenced and we determine that it is appropriate, we would use the acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization secured through the solicitation of acceptances to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan of Reorganization and effectuate the restructuring transactions. The Plan of Reorganization, if approved, would result in Old Noteholders and other claimants and interest holders receiving the treatment set forth below and in the Plan of Reorganization, which treatment differs in certain material respects from the consideration provided by the Offer. For purposes of this Summary of the Plan of Reorganization, all capitalized terms have the meaning described in the Plan of Reorganization which is Appendix A to this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

WE HAVE NOT MADE ANY DECISION AT THIS TIME TO COMMENCE ANY CHAPTER 11 CASES, AND RESERVE ALL OF OUR RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY AND ALL OF OUR STRATEGIC ALTERNATIVES IN THE EVENT THE OUT-OF-COURT ALTERNATIVE IS NOT CONSUMMATED.

For a description of certain considerations that should be taken into account in connection with the Offer and in connection with an investment in the New Notes, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.

The restructuring transactions (whether effectuated under the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization) involve a high degree of risk and uncertainty. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below as well as the other information appearing elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, as well as the risks and uncertainties described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2011 incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, before making a decision whether to participate in the Offer and/or vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization.

The Offer may not be consummated and our restructuring efforts may not be successful.

The completion of the Offer is subject to the satisfaction, or in certain cases, waiver of specified conditions. If the conditions to the completion of the Offer are not satisfied or, if permitted, waived, we will not be obligated to accept any Old Notes tendered in the Offer and the Offer may not be completed. See “Description of the Offer—Conditions to the Offer.”

Our ability to make required payments under our indebtedness would be adversely affected if we were to be unable to complete the Offer. The Offer is being made as part of a larger group of restructuring transactions designed to improve the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and capital structure over time by decreasing the Company’s outstanding consolidated debt and significantly reducing its annual interest expense. See “Summary—Restructuring.” However, these efforts may not be successful. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve our objectives with respect to the business restructuring strategy, regardless of whether the Offer is consummated.

If the Offer is not consummated and we do not receive sufficient votes in favor of the Plan of Reorganization, our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to make future interest payments on the Old Notes, and unless we are able to obtain additional financing, we may be unable to pay the principal and accrued but unpaid interest on the Old Notes or the Credit Facility.

Based on current projections, our current cash and availability under our Credit Facility will be insufficient to make future interest payments on the Old Notes. Even if we are able to pay accrued but unpaid interest due on the Notes as of December 1, 2011, the next interest payment date, we may not have sufficient cash or availability under our Credit Facility to pay the principal amount due on the Old Notes or the Credit Facility at their respective maturity dates. If we are unable to consummate the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization before these payments become due, the failure to make any of these payments will trigger a default under the Credit Facility and the Indenture governing the Old Notes, which, in either case, will cause the principal and interest on the Old Notes and the Credit Facility to immediately become due. Under the intercreditor agreement governing the Old Notes and the Credit Facility, the collateral agent may institute a proceeding against us in the event of a default. The results of this proceeding may be more or less favorable to Old Noteholders than the consideration offered in connection with the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization.

If the Offer is not consummated, but we receive sufficient votes in favor of the Plan of Reorganization, Old Noteholders that did not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization may nevertheless receive common stock and New Notes in exchange for their Old Notes.

If we choose to effectuate the restructuring through the Plan of Reorganization and the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, all Old Noteholders will receive the same treatment and will be bound by the terms of the Plan of Reorganization whether or not they vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization. Under the Plan of Reorganization, Old Noteholders will receive their pro rata share of common stock and, at our option, either New Notes or cash. If the Plan of Reorganization is approved, Old Noteholders that did not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization will nevertheless receive common stock and, at our option, either New Notes or cash in exchange for their Old Notes.

If the Offer is not consummated and the Plan of Reorganization is not approved, we will likely need to seek relief under the Bankruptcy Code without the benefit of a plan of reorganization approved by those entitled to vote. If we seek bankruptcy relief under such circumstances, Old Noteholders may receive consideration that is substantially less than what is being offered in the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization. If we obtain alternative financing, that financing will likely be on a secured basis and the lenders will likely have priority over Old Noteholders in any ensuing bankruptcy.

We believe that restructuring through the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization is critical to our continuing viability. If we do not consummate the Offer or obtain approval of the Plan of Reorganization, we will likely need to seek relief under the Bankruptcy Code without the benefit of a plan of reorganization approved by those entitled to vote.

We believe that seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code other than in connection with the prepackaged Plan of Reorganization could materially adversely affect the relationships between us and our existing and potential customers, employees, partners and other stakeholders. For example:

The following risks specifically apply to the extent an Old Noteholder elects not to participate in the Offer. There are additional risks attendant to being an investor in our securities that you should review, whether or not you elect to tender your Old Notes. These risks are described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section under the headings “—Risks to Holders of New Notes Issued in the Offer” and “—Risks Related to Our Business.”

If the Proposed Amendments become operative with respect to the Old Notes, Old Notes that are not tendered and exchanged pursuant to the Offer will remain outstanding and will be subject to the terms of the Indenture as modified by the Second Supplemental Indenture (as described herein). As a result of the adoption of the Proposed Amendments, substantially all of the restrictive covenants, the liens securing collateral on the Old Notes and certain events of default and the repurchase rights in the event of certain asset sales or changes of control and related provisions contained in the Indenture will be eliminated and Old Noteholders that do not tender their Old Notes will no longer be entitled to the benefits of such provisions. The elimination of these covenants and other provisions will

permit the Company to take certain actions previously prohibited that could increase the credit risks with respect to the Company, adversely affect the market price of the remaining Old Notes or otherwise be materially adverse to the interests of Old Noteholders. In addition, the adoption of the Proposed Amendments will permit the Company to take additional actions previously prohibited by the Indenture that could further impair the market price of the remaining Old Notes. See “Proposed Amendments.”

The Proposed Amendments will not relieve us of our obligation to make scheduled payments of principal and accrued interest on any Old Notes not exchanged pursuant to the Offer. Although it is anticipated that, after the Offer is consummated, we will be subject to restrictive covenants contained in other indentures or debt agreements, Old Noteholders whose Old Notes are not exchanged in the Offer will not be able to enforce these other restrictive covenants, and these covenants will be subject to change without the consent of these Old Noteholders. If the Offer is consummated and the Old Noteholders receive New Notes under the Restructuring Plan, the New Notes will rank effectively senior in right of payment to the non-tendered Old Notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the New Notes.

The trading market for any non-tendered Old Notes may be substantially limited or may cease to exist.

The Old Notes are not listed on any national or regional securities exchange. To the extent that Old Notes are traded, prices for the Old Notes may fluctuate greatly depending on the trading volume, the balance between buy and sell orders, prevailing interest rates, the Company’s operating results and the market for similar securities. In addition, quotations for securities that are not widely traded, such as the Old Notes, may differ from actual trading prices and should be viewed as approximations. Old Notes that are tendered and accepted in the Offer will cease to be outstanding and will be cancelled. If fewer than all of the Old Notes are exchanged in the Offer, the trading market for the remaining Old Notes will become more limited. A debt security with a smaller outstanding principal available for trading (a smaller “float”) may command a lower price than would a comparable debt security with a greater float. In addition, a significantly reduced float may tend to make market prices more volatile. Therefore, market prices for Old Notes that are not purchased may be affected adversely, and market prices may be more volatile, to the extent that the principal amount of Old Notes exchanged pursuant to the Offer significantly reduces the float. The extent of the public market for the Old Notes following consummation of the Offer will depend upon, among other things, the remaining outstanding principal amount of Old Notes after the Offer, the number of beneficial owners remaining at such time, the interest in maintaining a market in such Old Notes on the part of securities firms and other factors. We cannot assure Old Noteholders that a trading market for any Old Notes that remain outstanding following consummation of the Offer will exist or be sustained.

The following risks specifically apply only to holders of New Notes to the extent they are issued in the Offer and should be considered, along with the other risk factors, by eligible holders. There are additional risks attendant to being an investor in our debt securities that you should review, whether or not you elect to tender your Old Notes. These risks are described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section under the headings “—Risks Related to Our Business.”

To the extent that an Old Noteholder is exchanging Old Notes for New Notes with a later maturity, such holder may ultimately find that we are able to repay the non-tendered Old Notes when they mature, but are unable to repay or refinance the New Notes when they mature.

If you are an Old Noteholder, you may be offered New Notes with a later maturity than the Old Notes that you presently own. It is possible that tendering holders of such Old Notes will be adversely affected by the extension of maturity. Following the maturity date of a given issue of Old Notes, but prior to the maturity date of the corresponding issue of New Notes, we may become subject to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding. If so, holders of that issue of Old Notes who opted not to participate in the Offer may have been paid in full, and there is a risk that the holders of the issue who did opt to participate in the Offer will not be paid in full. If you decide to tender Old Notes, you will be exposed to the risk of nonpayment for a longer period of time.

A court could deem the issuance of the New Notes or the Guarantees thereof, as applicable, a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance and void all or a portion of the obligations represented by the New Notes or the Guarantees.

If we were to become a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code within 90 days after the consummation of the Offer (or, with respect to any insiders, as defined in the Bankruptcy Code, within one year after consummation of the Offer) and certain other conditions were met, it is possible that the consideration paid to Old Noteholders in the Offer, absent any of the Bankruptcy Code’s defenses to avoidance, could be subject to avoidance, in whole or in part, as a preferential transfer and, to the extent avoided, the value of such consideration could be recovered from such holders and possibly from subsequent transferees.

In a bankruptcy proceeding, a trustee, debtor in possession, or someone else acting on behalf of the bankruptcy estate may seek to recover transfers made or void obligations incurred prior to the bankruptcy proceeding on the basis that such transfers and obligations constituted fraudulent conveyances. Fraudulent conveyances are generally defined to include transfers made or obligations incurred for inadequate consideration when the debtor was insolvent, inadequately capitalized or in similar financial distress, or transfers made or obligations incurred with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors. A trustee or such other parties may recover such transfers and avoid such obligations made within two years prior to the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding. Furthermore, under certain circumstances, creditors may recover transfers or void obligations under state fraudulent conveyance laws, within the applicable limitation period, which may be longer than two years, even if the debtor is not in bankruptcy. In bankruptcy, a representative of the estate may also assert such state law claims. If a court were to find that Dune issued the New Notes or a guarantor issued its Guarantee under circumstances constituting a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void all or a portion of the obligations under the New Notes or the Guarantees, or the pledge of collateral granted in connection therewith. In addition, under such circumstances, the value of any consideration holders received with respect to the New Notes, including upon foreclosure of the collateral, could also be subject to recovery from such holders and possibly from subsequent transferees, or holders might be returned to the same position they held as Old Noteholders. If the pledge of collateral were voided and the issuance of New Notes and/or Guarantees were not voided, holders of New Notes would be unsecured creditors with claims that ranked pari passu with all other unsubordinated creditors of the applicable obligor, including trade creditors, except that the claims under the New Notes would be for a lower principal amount than the prior claim under the Old Notes.

A note or guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a note or guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of Dune or the applicable guarantor, if Dune or the applicable guarantor at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by the New Notes or its Guarantee:

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a debtor would be considered insolvent if:

We cannot assure you as to what standard a court would apply in determining whether Dune or a guarantor would be considered to be insolvent. If a court determined that Dune or a guarantor was insolvent after giving effect to the

issuance of the New Notes or the applicable Guarantee, it could void the notes or the applicable guarantees of the notes and require you to return any payments received from Dune or such subsidiaries.

We may purchase or repay any Old Notes not tendered in the Offer on terms that could be more favorable to holders of such Old Notes than the terms of the Offer.

Subject to applicable law, after the Expiration Date, we may purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent tender or exchange Offer or otherwise. Any other purchases may be made on the same terms or on terms which are more or less favorable to holders of such Old Notes than the terms of the Offer. We also reserve the right to repay any Old Notes not tendered in accordance with their terms. If we decide to repurchase or repay Old Notes that are not tendered in the Offer, those holders who decided not to participate in the Offer could be better off than those who participated in the Offer.

The New Notes are new issues of securities and the trading market for such New Notes may be limited.

The New Notes will be new securities for which there currently is no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation in any automated dealer quotation system and we cannot assure you that any liquid market will develop for the New Notes. If any of the New Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial issue price or principal amount, depending upon many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions and our financial condition, performance and prospects. Any decline in trading prices, regardless of the cause, may adversely affect the liquidity and trading markets for the New Notes.

The consideration offered to exchange the Old Notes does not reflect any independent valuation of such Old Notes and does not take into account events or changes in financial markets (including interest rates) after the commencement of the Offer. Old Noteholders that tender their Old Notes may or may not receive more value than, or as much value as, if they choose to keep them. Liquidity of the market for unexchanged Old Notes likely will be lessened, and the market prices for non-tendered Old Notes may therefore be reduced.

If the Offer is consummated, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Old Notes will be reduced, which would likely adversely affect the liquidity of non-tendered Old Notes. An issue of securities with a small outstanding principal amount available for trading, or float, generally commands a lower price than does a comparable issue of securities with a greater float. Therefore, the market price for Old Notes that are not tendered in the Offer may be adversely affected. The reduced float also may tend to make the trading prices of Old Notes that are not exchanged more volatile. The market prices for unexchanged Old Notes may also be negatively affected by their structural subordination to New Notes.

If Old Noteholders have claims against us resulting from their acquisition or ownership of Old Notes, they will give up those claims if they exchange their Old Notes.

By tendering Old Notes in the Offer, upon closing of the Offer, Old Noteholders will be deemed to have released and waived any and all claims they, their successors and their assigns have or may have had against:

arising from, related to, or in connection with their acquisition or ownership of the Old Notes, including claims for accrued interest, unless those claims arise under federal or state securities laws.

Because it is not possible to estimate the likelihood of their success in pursuing any legal claims or the magnitude of any recovery to which they ultimately might be entitled, it is possible that the consideration that the tendering

holders receive in the Offer will have a value less than the value of any legal claims such holders are relinquishing. Moreover, holders who do not tender their Old Notes for exchange and former holders who have already sold their old notes will continue to have the right to prosecute any claims against us.

Rights of holders of New Notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to have, obtain and/or perfect liens on certain assets.

Subject to certain exceptions, the New Notes (if issued) will be secured by second liens covering substantially all of our and the Guarantors’ assets, whether now owned or acquired in the future. Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the Trustee or the collateral agent will monitor, or that we will inform the Trustee or the collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after acquired collateral. The collateral agent for the New Notes has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the lien thereon or of the priority of the lien securing the New Notes.

Despite our substantial level of indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could exacerbate any or all of the risks described above.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the New Notes will restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to obtain liens to secured additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, the indenture governing the New Notes will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. See “Description of New Notes.” To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness or such other obligations, the risks associated with our substantial leverage described herein, including our possible inability to service our debt, would increase.

The indebtedness under our New Credit Facility will be effectively senior to the New Notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing those obligations.

Obligations under our New Credit Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all assets of Dune and its domestic subsidiaries (the “New Credit Agreement Collateral”) and obligations under the New Notes will be secured by a second-priority lien on the New Credit Agreement Collateral. As such, holders of the indebtedness under our New Credit Facility will be entitled to realize proceeds from the realization of value of the New Credit Agreement Collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the holders of the New Notes will be entitled to any recovery from the New Credit Agreement Collateral. As a result, the New Notes will be effectively junior in right of payment to indebtedness under the New Credit Facility to the extent that the realizable value of the New Credit Facility Collateral does not exceed the aggregate amount of such indebtedness.

It is possible that the realizable value of the collateral securing the New Notes may not be sufficient, in an insolvency or other similar proceeding, to satisfy the claims of all senior creditors, along with those of the holders of the New Notes.

Your right to exercise remedies with respect to the collateral will be governed, and materially limited, by the Intercreditor Agreement.

The rights of the holders of the New Notes with respect to the collateral will be limited by the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined herein). To the extent that we have outstanding obligations under our New Credit Facility or other senior or pari passu obligations secured by the New Credit Agreement Collateral, any actions that may be taken in respect of any such collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, are limited and controlled and directed by the lenders under the New Credit Facility or the holders of such other obligations. In those circumstances, the indenture trustee and the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the New Notes will not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if an event of default under the indenture governing the New Notes has occurred or if the rights of the holders of the New Notes are or may be adversely affected.

The collateral agent and the lenders under our New Credit Facility and the holders of such other obligations are under no obligation to take into account the interests of holders of the New Notes when determining whether and how

to exercise their rights with respect to the New Credit Agreement Collateral, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, and their interests and rights may be significantly different from or adverse to yours.

With respect to our real property to be mortgaged as security for the New Notes, no title insurance policies or surveys are available or will be obtained.

We will not have title insurance policies on the properties to be mortgaged as security for the New Notes to insure, among other things, (i) loss resulting from the entity represented by us to be the owner thereof not holding fee title or a valid leasehold interest in the properties and such interest being encumbered by unpermitted liens and (ii) the validity and second lien priority of the mortgage granted to the collateral agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the trustee, the holders of the New Notes and the holders of any permitted additional pari passu obligations.

There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the New Notes under which the collateral securing the New Notes and Guarantees will be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the trustee.

Under various circumstances, collateral securing the New Notes and Guarantees will be released automatically, including:

The indenture will also permit us to engage in ordinary course releases of collateral, including in connection with sales of production, certain equipment and oil and gas properties, inventory, entering into licensing arrangements, making cash payments and collecting accounts receivable.

The guarantee of a guarantor will be released in connection with a sale of such guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture or when a restricted subsidiary that is a guarantor of the New Notes is designated as an unrestricted subsidiary.

The indenture will also permit us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the New Notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the indenture governing the New Notes, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the New Notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the indenture. Designation of an unrestricted subsidiary will reduce the aggregate value of the collateral securing the New Notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. See “Description of New Notes.”

The pledge of the capital stock, other securities and similar items of our subsidiaries that secure the New Notes will automatically be excluded from the collateral to the extent the pledge of such capital stock or such other securities would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.

The New Notes and the Guarantees will be secured by a pledge of the capital stock, other securities and similar items of some of our subsidiaries. Under SEC regulations currently in effect, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock, other securities or similar items of a subsidiary pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding, such a subsidiary would be required to provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the New Notes indenture and the collateral documents will provide that any capital stock and other securities of any of our

subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral to the extent that the pledge of such capital stock or other securities to secure the New Notes would cause such subsidiary to be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (as in effect from time to time). As a result, holders of the New Notes could lose a portion or all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries. It may be more difficult, costly and time-consuming for holders of the New Notes to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary.

We may insure certain collateral against loss or damage by fire or other hazards. However, we may not maintain or continue such insurance and there are some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure holders of New Notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate them fully for their losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the New Credit Agreement Collateral, we cannot assure holders of the New Notes that the proceeds received by them in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all or a proportionate part of the secured obligations, including the New Notes and the Guarantees. In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the New Credit Agreement Collateral, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.

State law may limit the ability of the collateral agent, trustee and/or the holders of the New Notes to foreclose on real property and improvements included in the collateral.

The New Notes will be secured by, among other things, liens on certain real property and improvements which we and/or the guarantors own. State laws may limit the ability of the collateral agent, the trustee and/or the holders of the New Notes to foreclose on improved real property collateral. State laws govern the perfection, enforceability and foreclosure of mortgage liens against real property which secure debt obligations such as the New Notes and the Guarantees. These laws may impose procedural requirements for foreclosure different from and necessitating a longer time period for completion than the requirements for foreclosure of security interests in personal property. Debtors may have the right to reinstate defaulted debt (even if it has been accelerated) before the foreclosure date by paying the past due amounts and a right of redemption after foreclosure. Governing law may also impose security first and one form of action rules, which rules can affect the ability to foreclose or the timing of foreclosure on real and personal property collateral regardless of the location of the collateral and may limit the right to recover a deficiency following a foreclosure.

The collateral agent, the trustee, and/or the holders of the New Notes also may be limited in their ability to enforce a breach of the “no liens” and “no transfers or assignments” covenants contained in the mortgages. Some decisions of certain state courts have placed limits on a lender’s ability to accelerate debt as a result of a breach of this type of a covenant. Under these decisions, a lender seeking to accelerate debt secured by real property upon breach of covenants prohibiting the creation of certain junior liens or leasehold estates may need to demonstrate that enforcement is reasonably necessary to protect against impairment of the lender’s security or to protect against an increased risk of default. Although such court decisions may have been preempted, at least in part, by certain federal laws, the scope of such preemption, if any, is uncertain. Accordingly, a court could prevent the collateral agent, the trustee and/or the holders of the New Notes from declaring a default and accelerating the New Notes by reason of a breach of this covenant, which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of holders to enforce the covenant.

The imposition of certain permitted collateral liens and incurrence of additional permitted indebtedness could materially adversely affect the value of the collateral.

The collateral that will secure the New Notes may also secure future indebtedness and other obligations of the Company and/or the guarantors to the extent permitted by the indenture and the security documents. Your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured by the collateral.

We may not be able to make the change of control offer required by the indenture.

Upon a change of control, subject to certain conditions, we are required to offer to repurchase all outstanding New Notes in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of

repurchase. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds at the time of any change of control to make required repurchases of New Notes tendered. In addition, our other indebtedness agreements provide that certain change of control events will constitute an event of default thereunder. If the holders of the New Notes exercise their right to require us to repurchase all of the New Notes upon a change of control, the financial effect of this repurchase could cause a default under our other indebtedness, even if the change of control itself would not cause a default. Accordingly, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of any such change of control to make the required repurchase of our other indebtedness and the New Notes or that restrictions in the indenture will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indenture. See “Description of New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” for additional information.

The commencement of a Chapter 11 case for the purpose of implementing the Plan of Reorganization may result in a number of adverse consequences.

There can be no assurances that we will have sufficient excess liquidity within our Plan of Reorganization to satisfy obligations owing under a debtor in possession financing facility upon our emergence from bankruptcy.

If we commence a bankruptcy case, we may need to obtain a debtor in possession financing facility in order to meet liquidity needs, including any need arising out of existing letters of credit being drawn or otherwise terminated by their terms while we are in Chapter 11 to meet future letter of credit demands and other working capital needs. There can be no assurances that we will have sufficient excess liquidity within our Plan of Reorganization to satisfy obligations owing under the debtor in possession financing facility upon our emergence from bankruptcy.

If the Company files for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed, the Company’s existing common stock will no longer have any value.

If the Company files the prepackaged bankruptcy case and the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed, then holders of our outstanding common stock will have no stake in the reorganized Company. The holders of common stock and Old Preferred Stock will receive the treatment set forth in the Plan of Reorganization. There can be no assurance that holders of our equity securities would retain a stake in the Company or receive any value as a result of a bankruptcy case.

The automatic stay under Bankruptcy Code section 362 may not prevent creditors from exercising their remedies against non-debtor affiliates.

The “automatic stay” under Bankruptcy Code section 362 prevents creditors from taking or continuing any debt collection enforcement actions against entities that seek bankruptcy court protection. These protections typically extend only to the chapter 11 debtor and its property and do not typically extend to the property of non-debtor affiliates or related parties. Accordingly, the rights of creditors against non-debtors are not typically impacted by the bankruptcy filing of affiliated entities.

If the Bankruptcy Court determines that our solicitation or vote did not comply with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, we may need to resolicit acceptances which would delay confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.

Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that the holder of a claim against, or interest in, a debtor who accepts or rejects a plan before the commencement of a Chapter 11 case is deemed to have accepted or rejected such plan under the Bankruptcy Code so long as the solicitation of such acceptance was made in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitations, or, if such laws do not exist, such acceptance was solicited after disclosure of “adequate information,” as defined in section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

In addition, Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) provides that a holder of a claim or interest who has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code will not be deemed to have accepted or

rejected the plan if the court finds after notice and a hearing that the plan was not transmitted in accordance with reasonable solicitation procedures. Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a holder of a claim or interest that has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code is deemed to have accepted or rejected the plan if (i) the solicitation of such acceptance or rejection was in compliance with applicable nonbankruptcy law, rule or regulation governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation or (ii) there is no such law, rule, or regulation, and such acceptance or rejection was solicited after disclosure to such holder of adequate information (as defined by section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code).

The Company believes that its solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization from Holders of Claims in Class 3 and Class 6 is proper under applicable nonbankruptcy law, rules, and regulations, and contains adequate information as defined by section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Company also believes that it is not required to solicit any other class under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, rules, or regulations. The Company cannot be certain, however, that its solicitation of acceptances or rejections will be approved by the Bankruptcy Court. There is also a risk that confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization could be denied by the Bankruptcy Court.

The Company believes that the use of the Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, Ballots, and Master Ballots for the purpose of obtaining acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization and that its solicitation complies with the Bankruptcy Code. The Bankruptcy Court may decide, however, that the solicitation failed to meet the requirements of section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. If the Bankruptcy Court determines that the solicitation did not comply with the requirements of section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Company may seek to resolicit acceptances, and, in that event, confirmation of the Plan could be delayed and possibly jeopardized.

Our business activities involve various elements of risk. The risks described below and incorporated herein by reference are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks that are presently unknown to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impact our business. We consider the following issues to be the most critical risks to the success of our business:

Our leverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect our cash flow.

We have a substantial amount of debt. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Offer and assuming 100% participation, as of September 30, 2011, we would have had total debt of $90 million, $50 million of which would be the New Notes that may be distributed to Old Noteholders pursuant to the Offer at our option. We also would have had approximately $40 million outstanding under the New Credit Facility. Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:

Furthermore, all of our borrowings under the New Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at a rate between LIBOR plus 2.25% and LIBOR plus 2.75%.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations and other obligations due to events beyond our control. Any failure to meet our debt obligations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our ability to generate cash flows from operations and to make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, including the New Notes and the New Credit Facility, will depend on our future financial performance. Our future performance will be affected by a range of economic, competitive, legislative, operating and other business factors,

many of which we cannot control, such as general economic and financial conditions in our industry or the economy at large. A significant reduction in operating cash flows resulting from changes in economic conditions, increased competition, or other events could increase the need for additional or alternative sources of liquidity and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and our ability to service our debt, including the Senior Notes, and other obligations. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. In addition, we will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include actions such as reducing or delaying acquisitions and capital expenditures and selling assets. Any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on acceptable terms. Our cash flow and capital resources may be insufficient for payment of interest on and principal of our debt in the future and any such alternative measures may be unsuccessful or may not permit us to meet scheduled debt service obligations, which could cause us to default on our obligations and impair our liquidity.

The indenture governing the New Notes may impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us that may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and restrict our ability to operate our business.

The indenture governing the New Notes will contain covenants that may restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to take various actions, such as:

These restrictions may adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. In addition, we are also subject to various covenants and requirements, such as financial requirements, reporting requirements and various negative covenants under our New Credit Facility. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—New Credit Facility.” These restrictions, in addition to the restrictions under the indenture governing the New Notes, may further adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

Governmental regulation and liability for environmental matters may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Natural gas and oil operations are subject to various federal, state, and local government regulations that may change from time to time. Matters subject to regulation include discharge permits for drilling operations, plug and abandonment bonds, reports concerning operations, the spacing of wells, unitization and pooling of properties, and taxation. From time to time, regulatory agencies have imposed price controls and limitations on production by restricting the rate of flow of natural gas and oil wells below actual production capacity in order to conserve supplies of natural gas and oil. Other federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating primarily to the protection of human health and the environment apply to the development, production, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of natural gas and oil, by-products thereof, and other substances and materials produced or used in connection with natural gas and oil operations. In addition, we may be liable for environmental damages caused by previous owners of property we purchase or lease.

In connection with the acquisition of Goldking Energy Holdings, L.P., the Company inherited an environmental contingency. After conducting its due diligence and subsequent testing, the Company believes this environmental contingency is the responsibility of third parties. However, federal and state regulators have determined Dune is the responsible party for clean up of this area. On August 28, 2009, the Company received an order from the Coast Guard directing the Company to perform certain remedial action relating to a hydrocarbon release from an historic disposal area in Garden Island Bay. The Company had maintained a passive maintenance of this site since it was first discovered after Hurricane Katrina. Costs to date of approximately $1.1 million have been covered by the Company’s insurance (subject to standard deductibles). The Company still believes that third parties have the primary responsibility for this occurrence; however, the Company is committed to working with various state and federal authorities on resolution of this issue. The Company is in the process of continuing discussions with the Coast Guard

concerning this remedial action, and is not currently able to predict the costs of the remedial action. The Company’s primary insurance has been exhausted and the Company can not be certain umbrella insurance will cover costs above this primary level or whether the Company will be successful in proving the other parties should be primarily responsible for the cost of remediation. The Company intends to pursue such actions as are necessary to recover from these other entities. However, the Company may not succeed in such recovery, and consequently, the costs of remedial actions incurred by the Company may result in a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

We will not receive any proceeds from the Offer. In consideration for issuing common stock, New Preferred Stock and, at our option New Notes or cash, we will receive in exchange the Old Notes. The Old Notes surrendered will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued.

The table on the following page sets forth as of September 30, 2011 on a consolidated basis our capitalization and cash position:

The New Notes will be issued in an initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $50 million, and recorded at an estimated fair value in the as adjusted capitalization at approximately $50 million.

The as adjusted capitalization assumes that all exchanged Old Notes meet the requirements for gain recognition. Upon consummation of the Offer, the Company would be required to determine whether the exchanged debt meets the accounting requirements for the recording of debt extinguishment gain. The actual debt extinguishment gain, and the resulting capital, will be less if the accounting requirements for debt extinguishment gain recognition are not met. If extinguishment gains are not recognized at the exchange date, then the exchange would be considered a debt modification and would be reflected as increased margins, prospectively. The Company does not expect that all exchanged Old Notes will meet the criteria to record a debt extinguishment gain and does not expect that all Old Notes will be exchanged and thus the debt extinguishment gain will be less than is reflected in the adjusted capitalization.

This table has been included to provide additional information regarding the anticipated impact of the restructuring transactions, including the Offer, and the Plan of Reorganization on our capitalization. This table should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes that are contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011, each of which is incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information for Dune on a consolidated basis derived from our (i) audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, which are incorporated into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement by reference to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010; (ii) audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which are not incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement; and (iii) unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, which are incorporated by reference into this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. The historical information presented may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition, our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of results expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2011.

The selected historical financial information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011, and our quarterly consolidated financial statements and the corresponding notes thereto, each of which is incorporated by reference in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and any supplements or amendments hereto, in the related Letter of Transmittal and the Ballot, Dune is offering in exchange for any and all of its outstanding 10¹/2% Senior Secured Notes due 2012, in the aggregate, (i) approximately 251 million shares of its common stock; (ii) 250,000 shares of its New Preferred Stock and (iii) at our option, either $50 million in aggregate principal amount of its New Notes or an aggregate cash payment of $50 million in cash. If we receive a sufficient loan commitment amount on terms and conditions acceptable to us and the Consenting Old Noteholders to (a) refinance our existing secured credit agreement, (b) fund our ongoing operations and (c) pay Old Noteholders an aggregate amount of $50 million in cash, each Old Noteholder will receive their pro rata share of $50 million in cash under the Offer, rather than New Notes. In the event that a sufficient loan commitment amount on terms and conditions acceptable to us and the Consenting Old Noteholders is not received, the Old Noteholders will receive their pro rata share of New Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $50 million. At the Restructuring Time described below under “Recapitalization After the Offer,” (i) each share of Old Preferred Stock will automatically convert into 355.16037 shares of common stock and the right to receive a cash payment of $24.31 and (ii) each share of New Preferred Stock will automatically convert into 14,149.595545 shares of common stock. Assuming the exchange of 100% of the outstanding Old Notes as described above, after giving effect to the conversion of the Old Preferred Stock and the New Preferred Stock, former Old Noteholders will own 3,788,459,641 shares of common stock, representing an aggregate 97.25% equity interest in the Company, former holders of Old Preferred Stock will own 58,433,825 shares of common stock, representing an aggregate 1.5% equity interest in the Company, and holders of our currently outstanding common stock will own 48,694,854 shares of common stock, representing an aggregate 1.25% equity interest in the Company.

New Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess of $1,000. No fractional consideration will be issued in exchange for Old Notes tendered into the Offer. Any fractional shares of common stock, shares of New Preferred Stock, New Notes or cash will be rounded to the nearest whole share or dollar as applicable, with amounts of 0.5 or more being rounded up to the next nearest whole share or dollar, as applicable, and amounts of less than 0.5 being rounded down. Please read “Summary—Recent Developments” and “Description of New Preferred Stock.”

None of Dune, Dune’s subsidiaries, their respective boards of directors, the exchange agent and information agent or any of their respective affiliates makes any recommendation as to whether Old Noteholders should exchange Old Notes for common stock, New Preferred Stock and either New Notes or cash.

We are soliciting consents from Old Noteholders upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. We intend to obtain consents from the holders representing at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes. We have entered into the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement with the holders of approximately 95% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes. Under the terms of the Noteholder Support Agreement, these Old Noteholders have agreed to tender their Old Notes in the Offer and thereby consent to the Proposed Amendments.

If consents representing 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes are delivered (and not validly revoked) prior to the Expiration Date, we will, subject to the consummation of the Offer, execute the Second Supplemental Indenture giving effect to the Proposed Amendments. The Proposed Amendments will be effective as to, and bind all, Old Notes at such time as the Second Supplemental Indenture has been executed and all conditions precedent to the Offer have been satisfied or validly waived and we have irrevocably accepted for exchange in the Offer all validly tendered Old Notes (other than those Old Notes that have been validly withdrawn), regardless of whether a consent was given in respect of any particular Old Note.

Holders that tender Old Notes pursuant to the Offer prior to the Expiration Date will be deemed automatically to have delivered a consent with respect to all such Old Notes.

Holders may not revoke consents except as described under “—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents.”

Any questions or requests for assistance or for additional copies of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, the Letter of Transmittal or related documents may be directed to the Information Agent at one of its telephone numbers set forth on the last page hereof. An Old Noteholder may also contact such Holder’s broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the consent solicitation.

For purposes of the Offer, the term “Expiration Date” means 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on December , 2011, subject to our right to extend that time and date with respect to any Offer in our absolute discretion, in which case the Expiration Date means the latest time and date to which the Offer is extended. Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time before 11:59 p.m., New York City Time, on the Withdrawal Deadline.

Any waiver, amendment or modification of the Offer will apply to all Old Notes tendered thereunder. If we make a change we determine to be material in any terms of the Offer or waive a condition to the Offer we determine to be material, we will give oral (to be confirmed in writing) or written notice of such amendment or such waiver to the exchange agent and will disseminate additional offer documents and extend the Offer as we determine necessary and to the extent required by law.

In addition, we may terminate any Offer if any condition thereto is not satisfied on or after the Expiration Date.

Subject to the applicable regulations of the SEC, we expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, and regardless of whether any events preventing satisfaction of the conditions to any Offer shall have occurred or shall have been determined by us to have occurred, to extend the period during which the Offer is open by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the exchange agent and by making public disclosure by press release or other appropriate means of such extension to the extent required by law.

There can be no assurance that we will exercise our right to extend, terminate or amend any Offer. During any extension of the Offer and irrespective of any amendment to the Offer, all Old Notes previously tendered and not accepted or withdrawn thereunder will remain subject to the terms of the Offer and consent solicitation and may be accepted for exchange by us and all consents previously delivered will remain effective, subject to compliance with applicable law. In addition, we may waive conditions without extending the Offer in accordance with applicable law.

Any extension, termination or amendment of the Offer will be followed as promptly as practicable by announcement thereof, such announcement in the case of an extension of the Offer to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make such announcement, we will not, unless otherwise required by law, have any obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such announcement other than by making a release to an appropriate news agency or another means of announcement that we deem appropriate.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Delivery of Common Stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes or Cash

If the conditions to the Offer are satisfied, or if we waive all of the conditions that have not been satisfied, to the extent waivable, we will accept, at the Settlement Date and after we receive completed and duly executed Letters of Transmittal or Agent’s Messages (as defined below) with respect to any and all of the Old Notes tendered for exchange at such time, the Old Notes for exchange by notifying the Exchange Agent of our acceptance. The notice may be oral if we promptly confirm it in writing.

An “Agent’s Message” is a message transmitted by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the timely confirmation of a book entry transfer (“Book-Entry Confirmation”), which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from you that you have received the Offer Documents and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that we may enforce such agreement against you.

We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to delay acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, Old Notes tendered under the Offer (subject to Rule 14e-1c under the Exchange Act, which requires that we issue the offered consideration or return the Old Notes deposited pursuant to the Offer promptly after termination or withdrawal of the Offer), or to terminate the Offer and not accept for exchange any Old Notes not previously accepted for

exchange, (1) if any of the conditions to the exchange offer shall not have been satisfied or validly waived, to the extent waivable, by us, or (2) in order to comply in whole or in part with any applicable law.

In all cases, the New Notes will be issued only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1) Book-Entry Confirmation of the Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, (2) the properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, and (3) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. The Offer is scheduled to expire at the Expiration Date, unless extended by us.

For purposes of the Offer, we will have accepted for exchange tendered Old Notes, if, as and when we give oral or written notice to the Exchange Agent of our acceptance of the Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Offer. In all cases, the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Offer will be made by the deposit of any exchange consideration with the Exchange Agent, which will act as your agent for the purposes of receiving common stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes or cash from us, and delivering common stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes or cash to you. If, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer are delayed (whether before or after our acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, the Old Notes) or we extend the Offer or are unable to accept for exchange the Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer, then, without prejudice to our rights set forth herein, we may instruct the Exchange Agent to retain tendered Old Notes and those Old Notes may not be withdrawn, subject to the limited circumstances described in “—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents” below.

We will have the right, which may be waived, to reject the defective tender of Old Notes as invalid and ineffective. If we waive our rights to reject a defective tender of Old Notes, subject to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Documents, you will be entitled to the consideration for the exchange of Old Notes under the Offer.

Tender of Old Notes pursuant to the Offer will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or any multiple thereof.

We will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of any Old Notes unless the box titled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box titled “Special Delivery Instructions” on the Letter of Transmittal has been completed, as described in the instructions thereto.

If Old Notes are tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the Offer, the Holders of such Old Notes will not be entitled to accrued and unpaid interest on those Old Notes, but interest shall accrue on the New Notes from and after the issue date of the New Notes.

Under no circumstances will any special interest be payable because of any delay in the transmission of funds or consideration to you with respect to exchanged Old Notes or otherwise.

We will pay all fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and the Information Agent in connection with the exchange offer.

The Old Notes are not listed on any exchange in the United States. Old Noteholders are urged to contact their brokers or other advisors to obtain the best available information as to current market prices for the Old Notes before deciding whether to tender such Old Notes pursuant to the applicable offer.

In order to participate in the Offer, you must tender your Old Notes to the Exchange Agent as described below. It is your responsibility to tender your Old Notes. We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of defects in your tender.

If you have any questions or need help in tendering your Old Notes, please contact the Information Agent or the Exchange Agent whose addresses and telephone numbers are listed on the back cover page of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

The method of delivery of Old Notes, Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery is at your election and risk. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letters of Transmittal or Old Notes or Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to Dune.

All Old Notes are currently held in book-entry form through DTC. Except as set forth below with respect to ATOP procedures, for a holder to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Offer, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Instructions to the Letter of Transmittal, or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address or facsimile number set forth on the back cover of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement prior to the Expiration Date, and either (1) the Old Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below and a Book-Entry Confirmation must be received by the Exchange Agent, or (2) a holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below, in each case on or prior to the Expiration Date.

In all cases, the exchange of Old Notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of:

The tender of Old Notes pursuant to the Offer and in accordance with the procedures described in the Offer Documents will be deemed to automatically constitute delivery of a consent with respect to the Old Notes tendered, except as provided herein. All references to procedures for tendering Old Notes shall include such deemed delivery of consents.

If you are a beneficial owner of Old Notes, but the Holder is a custodial entity such as a bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee, and you seek to tender Old Notes, you must provide appropriate instructions to such Holder in order to tender through ATOP with respect to such Old Notes. Beneficial owners may be instructed to complete and deliver an instruction letter to such Holder for this purpose. We urge you to contact such person that holds Old Notes for you if you wish to tender your Old Notes.

The Exchange Agent has or will establish an account with respect to the Old Notes at DTC for purposes of the Offer, and any financial institution that is a participant in the DTC system (a “DTC Participant”) and whose name appears on a security position listing as the record owner of the Old Notes may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedure for transfer. Although delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, either an Agent’s Message or a Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, along with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth on the back cover of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement prior to the Expiration Date.

The “Voting Record Date” for purposes of determining Old Noteholders and holders of Old Preferred Stock that are eligible to vote on the Plan of Reorganization is the Expiration Date of the Offer and the Voting Deadline for the Plan of Reorganization (currently contemplated to be December 13, 2011). Any beneficial holder (a “Beneficial Holder”) whose Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock are registered or held of record in the name of his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee (each a “Nominee”) and who wishes to vote on the Plan of Reorganization should provide the appropriate Ballot.

There are three different voting choices in connection with the Offer and Plan of Reorganization, which are outlined in greater detail below. The Ballot was designed to assist Beneficial Holders of Old Notes and Old Preferred Stock understand the voting process and provide the correct instruction to their Nominee. Beneficial Holders will need to provide their Ballots to their Nominee holding their Old Notes in accordance with the directions provided by their Nominee and listed on the Ballot. By providing their Ballot to their Nominee holding their Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock, Beneficial Holders of Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock (as applicable) are requesting that their Nominee execute a master ballot on the Beneficial Holder’s behalf that reflects their instructions with respect to the Plan of Reorganization.

OPTION 1. PARTICIPATE in the Offer; vote to ACCEPT the Plan of Reorganization and vote to ACCEPT the Proposed Amendments.

OPTION 2. NOT PARTICIPATE in the Offer; vote to REJECT the Plan of Reorganization.

Beneficial Holders may also instruct with respect to a third option, which is the default option for those Beneficial Holders that do not provide any instructions:

OPTION 3. Take no action; not participate in Offer and Consent Solicitation; not vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

Beneficial Holders that instruct their Nominee to take no action, or fail to provide timely Ballots, may nevertheless be bound by the terms of the Plan of Reorganization and have the relevant treatment applied to their Old Notes if the Plan of Reorganization is consummated.

Please note that once a Beneficial Holder’s Old Notes have been tendered, the Old Notes will not be able to be traded. Withdrawals from the Offer and modifications to votes to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization will not be permitted after the Voting Deadline. If the Offer is not successful and the Company does not commence their prepackaged bankruptcy cases, any Old Notes tendered into the Offer will be returned to the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee that tendered the Old Notes.

Soon after commencement of their prepackaged bankruptcy cases (if Dune opts to commence such prepackaged cases), any Old Notes tendered into the Offer will be returned to the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee that tendered the Old Notes.

If you have any questions or need help in tendering your Old Notes, please contact the Information Agent at the telephone number listed on the back cover page of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

Except as set forth below with respect to Old Notes held through a clearing system, for a holder to validly tender Old Notes pursuant to the Offer, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the instructions to the Letter of Transmittal must be received by the exchange agent at the address or facsimile number set forth on the Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date, together with certificates representing the Old Notes specified in such Letter of Transmittal.

In lieu of physically completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the Offer through ATOP, for which the transaction will be eligible. In accordance with ATOP procedures, DTC will then verify the acceptance of the Offer and send an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance.

If a Holder transmits its acceptance through ATOP, delivery of such tendered Old Notes must be made to the Exchange Agent pursuant to the book-entry delivery procedures set forth herein. Unless such Holder delivers the Old Notes being tendered to the Exchange Agent by book-entry delivery, we may, at our option, treat such tender as defective for purposes of delivery of tenders, acceptance for exchange and the right to receive the consideration. Delivery of documents to DTC (physically or by electronic means) does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent. If you desire to tender your Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date, you must allow sufficient time for completion of the ATOP procedures during the normal business hours of DTC on such date.

To validly tender Old Notes held in physical form pursuant to the Offer, a holder should complete and sign the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile copy thereof) in accordance with the instructions to the Letter of Transmittal, have the signature thereon guaranteed if required by the instructions to the Letter of Transmittal and deliver the Letter of Transmittal, together with certificates representing such Old Notes and any other documents required by the instructions to the Letter of Transmittal, to the exchange agent at its address set forth on the back page of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. The Letter of Transmittal and any certificates evidencing Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer should be sent only to the exchange agent and not to the Company.

If Old Notes are to be tendered by any person other than the person in whose name the Old Notes are registered, the Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by an appropriate written instrument or instruments of transfer executed exactly as the name or names of the holder or holders appear on the Old Notes, with the signature(s) on the Old Notes or instruments of transfer guaranteed as provided below, and a Letter of Transmittal must be executed and delivered either by the holder or holders, or by the tendering person pursuant to a valid proxy signed by the holder or holders (such person, an “authorized proxy holder”), which signature must, in either case, be guaranteed as provided below.

Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of, and exchange of, Old Notes tendered thereby, by executing and delivering a Letter of Transmittal, you (1) irrevocably sell, assign and transfer to or upon the order of us all right, title and interest in and to all the Old Notes tendered thereby and (2) irrevocably appoint the exchange agent as your true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as our agent with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full power coupled with an interest) to:

Signatures on all letters of transmittal must be guaranteed by a recognized participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (a “Medallion Signature Guarantor”), unless the Old Notes tendered thereby are tendered (i) by an Old Noteholder (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such Old Notes) who has not completed either the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” or “Special Payment or Issuance Instructions” on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (each of the foregoing being referred to as an “Eligible Institution”). If the Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the Letter of Transmittal or if Old Notes not tendered are to be returned to a person other than the holder, then the signatures on the letters of transmittal accompanying the tendered Old Notes must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor as described above.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tendered Old Notes pursuant to any of the procedures described above, and the form and validity (including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal) of all documents will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of any Old Notes determined by us not to be in proper form, or if the acceptance of, or exchange of, such Old Notes may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any conditions to any offer that we are legally permitted to waive.

Your tender will not be deemed to have been validly made until all defects or irregularities in your tender have been cured or waived. Neither we, the exchange agent, information agent nor any other person or entity is under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in any tender or withdrawal of any Old Notes, or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

You may withdraw tenders of Old Notes (and also thereby revoke the consent deemed delivered with respect to such Old Notes) at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Should the Company determine that is unable to consummate the Offer, you may withdraw previously tendered Old Notes three business days after the Company makes such an announcement. You may not withdraw Old Notes after the Expiration Date.

A holder who validly withdraws previously tendered Old Notes and does not validly re-tender Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date will not receive the applicable offer consideration. A holder who validly withdraws previously tendered Old Notes and validly re-tenders Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date will receive the applicable offer consideration. Consents may only be revoked by properly withdrawing such tendered Old Notes.

Subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, if, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is delayed (whether before or after our acceptance for exchange of Old Notes) or we extend the Offer or are unable to accept for exchange, or exchange, the Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer, we may instruct the exchange agent to retain tendered Old Notes, and those Old Notes may not be withdrawn, except to the extent that you are entitled to the withdrawal rights set forth herein.

If you have tendered Old Notes that are in certificated form, you may withdraw those Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal subject to the limitations described herein. To be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal of a tender must:

If the Old Notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon receipt by the exchange agent of written or facsimile transmission of the notice of withdrawal (or receipt of a request via the applicable Clearing System) even if physical release is not yet effected. A withdrawal of Old Notes can only be accomplished in accordance with the foregoing procedures. A withdrawal of Old Notes is also a withdrawal of acceptance of the Plan of Reorganization.

If you withdraw the Old Notes that have been tendered, you will have the right to re-tender them prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures described above for tendering outstanding Old Notes. If we amend or modify the terms of the Offer or the information concerning the Offer in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change to the holders, we will disseminate additional offer materials and extend the period of the Offer, including any withdrawal rights, to the extent required by law and as we determine necessary. An extension of the

Expiration Date will not affect a holder’s withdrawal rights, unless otherwise provided or as required by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange or to exchange Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer, and may terminate, amend or extend the Offer or delay or refrain from accepting for exchange, or exchanging, the Old Notes or transferring any exchange consideration, if any of the following shall occur:

As to the first condition listed above, we have entered into the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement with the holders of approximately 95% of the outstanding principal amount of Old Notes. Pursuant to the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement, these Old Noteholders have agreed, among other things, to tender their Old Notes in the Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, and their consents are irrevocable except under specified conditions. The RSA Condition may not be waived by us in whole or in part unless the holders of more than two-thirds in principal amount of the Old Notes that become a party to the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreements provide their prior written consent to such waiver; provided that written consent by each such Old Noteholder shall be required for any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement that materially and adversely (i) affects the economic terms set forth in Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement or (ii) treats an Old Noteholder that is a party to the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement economically differently than such other Old Noteholders.

As to the second condition listed above, we have entered into the Preferred Stock Restructuring Support Agreement with UBS, a holder of 64% of the Old Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Restructuring Support Agreement, UBS has agreed to approve the terms of the Offer as set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit A to the Noteholder Support Agreement and to consent to all actions required to be taken to effectuate the Restructuring Plan.

Subject to applicable securities laws and the terms set forth in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, we reserve the right to waive any and all conditions to the Offer that may be waived by us, to extend or terminate the Offer and voting deadlines with respect to the Plan of Reorganization in our sole and absolute discretion, which may be for any or no reason, and otherwise to amend the Offer or Plan of Reorganization in any respect. Except as described above with respect to the RSA Condition, these conditions are for our benefit and may be asserted

by us or may be waived by us, including any action or inaction by us giving rise to any condition, or may be waived by us, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, in our reasonable discretion. We may additionally terminate the Offer if any condition is not satisfied prior to the Expiration Date. If any of these events occur, subject to the termination rights described above, we may (i) return tendered Old Notes to you, (ii) extend the Offer and consent solicitation and retain all tendered Old Notes until the expiration of the extended exchange offer and consent solicitation, or (iii) amend the Offer and consent solicitation in any respect by giving oral or written notice of such amendment to the Exchange Agent and making public disclosure of such amendment to the extent required by law.

We have not made a decision as to what circumstances would lead us to waive any condition, and any such waiver would depend on circumstances prevailing at the time of such waiver. Although we have no present plans or arrangements to do so, we reserve the right to amend, at any time, the terms of the exchange offer. We will give Holders notice of such amendments as may be required by applicable law.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Offer and consent solicitation, we will accept tendered Old Notes for exchange at the Settlement Date. If we do not accept tendered Old Notes for exchange in the Offer, the Proposed Amendments will not become effective.

Because the Company does not currently have sufficient authorized shares of common stock available under its certificate of incorporation to effectuate the Recapitalization, the Recapitalization is conditioned upon the receipt of written consents of the holders of a majority of the common stock approving: (i) an increase in the authorized shares of our common stock and (ii) an amendment to the certificate of designations of our Old Preferred Stock to provide for the automatic conversion of the Old Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 58,433,825 shares of common stock and an aggregate cash payment of $4.0 million. By submitting its Letter of Transmittal, each tendering Old Noteholder will also grant a power of attorney in favor of James A. Watt and Frank T. Smith, Jr., and each of them, to execute the Written Consent of Common Stockholders to approve the Charter Amendments. Immediately after the consummation of the Offer, the Company will take any actions necessary to effect the Charter Amendments. In the event that the condition subsequent is not satisfied and the Charter Amendments have not become effective by the close of business on the date of the consummation of the Offer, unless such condition subsequent has been waived in writing by the tendering holders of two-thirds in principal amount of the Old Notes, the Offer shall be deemed invalidated and the transactions effected pursuant to the Offer shall be immediately unwound.

Global Bondholder Services has been appointed the Exchange Agent and Information Agent for the Offer. Letters of Transmittal and Notices for Guaranteed Delivery and all correspondence in connection with the Offer should be sent or delivered by each Old Noteholder, or a beneficial owner’s custodian bank, depositary, broker, trust company or other nominee, to the Exchange Agent at the addresses and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover page of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. We will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. Questions concerning tender procedures and requests for additional copies of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, the Letter of Transmittal or the Ballot should be directed to the Information Agent at the address and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover page of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Old Noteholders may also contact their custodian bank, depositary, broker, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Offer and consent solicitation.

We are proposing to delete certain provisions of the Indenture. To be effective, the Proposed Amendments of the Indenture, other than the release of liens securing collateral on the Old Notes, must receive the consents of at least a majority of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Old Noteholders. The Proposed Amendments of the Indenture relating to the release of liens securing collateral on the Old Notes, including the termination of the Collateral Agreements, must receive the Consents of at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes.

This section sets forth a brief description of the Proposed Amendments. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full and complete provisions contained in the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2008, by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (the “First Supplemental Indenture”). Old Noteholders that tender their Old Notes in the Offer will, by the act of tendering, be consenting to the Proposed Amendments.

The Proposed Amendments would, among other things, delete the following sections or clauses from the Indenture and all references thereto in their entirety (capitalized terms used in this paragraph but not defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture):

The Proposed Amendments would also provide that each of the existing Collateral Agreements (including the Intercreditor Agreement) will be amended to reflect the transactions described in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

The existing intercreditor agreement governing the Old Notes will be amended to provide that the liens in favor of the Old Noteholders will be terminated.

The Proposed Amendments constitute a single proposal and a tendering Old Noteholder must consent to the Proposed Amendments in their entirety and may not consent selectively with respect to only certain aspects of the Proposed Amendments. A tender by any Old Noteholder in the Offer will constitute an approval by such Old Noteholder of the Proposed Amendments. In order to amend the Indenture and the related collateral agreements, consents are needed from Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes. The Offer is conditioned on, among other things, the delivery, without revocation, of consents approving the Proposed Amendments with respect to at least 75% of the total principal amount of the Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date. We have entered into the Noteholder Restructuring Support Agreement with the Holders of approximately 95% of the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes. Under the terms of these support agreements, these Old Noteholders have agreed, among other things, to tender their Old Notes in the Offer and thereby consent to the Proposed Amendments. The Proposed Amendments will not become operative unless and until the Offer is consummated.

If the Offer is consummated, Holders who do not elect to participate in the Offer may be adversely affected in several ways, including by the fact that the Indenture and related collateral agreements will be amended in a manner that terminate the liens on the collateral securing the Old Notes and will provide substantially less covenant and event of default protection than currently exists under the Indenture. To the extent Old Notes are validly tendered and accepted in the Offer, the trading market, if any, for the untendered Old Notes will likely be adversely affected.

We intend to execute the Second Supplemental Indenture promptly following the Expiration Date (and prior to acceptance of Old Notes for exchange) if we have received the Requisite Consents. The Second Supplemental Indenture and will be substantially in the form of Appendix E attached hereto. The Second Supplemental Indenture will become effective when executed by us, the Guarantors and the Trustee and Collateral Agent. However, the Second Supplemental Indenture will become operative only upon our acceptance, pursuant to the Offer, of at least seventy-five percent in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes. If such acceptance does not occur, whether because the Offer is terminated by us or for any other reason, the Proposed Amendments to be effected by the Second

Supplemental Indenture will be deemed to have been revoked retroactive to the respective dates thereof, and the Indenture will remain in its current forms.

We will issue the notes under an indenture between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and Collateral Agent, in a transaction that is not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Security Documents referred to below under the caption “—Security” define the terms of the security arrangements that will secure the notes.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture and the Security Documents. It does not restate those agreements in their entirety. We urge you to read the indenture and the Security Documents because they, and not this description, define your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the indenture and the Security Documents are available as set forth below under “—Additional Information.”

You can find the definitions of terms used in this description of notes below under the caption “—Definitions.” Capitalized terms used in this description but not defined below under the caption “—Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture. In this description, the words the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to Dune Energy, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization, the Company will have approximately $40 million in outstanding borrowings under the New Credit Facility, which will be effectively senior to the notes in right of payment to the extent of the value of the assets securing the New Credit Facility.

On the Issue Date, the notes will be guaranteed by all of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries as to payment of principal and interest when and as the same shall become due and payable. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be:

As of the Issue Date, all of our Subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,”

we will be permitted to designate additional Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture, and will not guarantee the notes.

On the Issue Date, we will issue up to $50 million in aggregate principal amount of notes in connection with the Offer. We may issue additional notes (“Additional Notes”) under the indenture at any time and from time to time after the Issue Date. The notes and any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date under the indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The notes will mature on December 15, 2016, and the principal amount of each outstanding note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be due and payable in immediately available funds on such date. All notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess of $1,000.

Interest on the notes will accrue at the Applicable Interest Rate. Each payment of interest on the notes (other than interest due upon Stated Maturity of the notes) will consist of a “Mandatory Cash Interest Payment” and a “PIK-Eligible Interest Payment,” and on each interest payment date (other than upon Stated Maturity of the notes), the Company will pay in full the Mandatory Cash Interest Payment and the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment with respect to each outstanding note. The Company will pay each such Mandatory Cash Interest Payment in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the previously accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such note at an interest rate per annum equal to 3.0%. The amount of each such PIK-Eligible Interest Payment will be equal to the previously accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such note at an interest rate per annum that is three percentage points less than the Applicable Interest Rate.

On each interest payment date, the Company, in its sole discretion, may pay all or any portion of the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment on each note in the form of immediately available funds, and on such date, the principal amount of each note shall automatically increase by the amount (the “Accretion Amount”), if any, equal to the difference between (a) the amount of the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment due on such note and (b) the amount of such PIK-Eligible Interest Payment paid in immediately available funds on such interest payment date; provided, however that (i) the Accretion Amount, if any, may not be any amount that is not an integral multiple of $1.00, (ii) the sum of the amount of immediately available funds, if any, paid by the Company on such date as all or a portion of the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment (the “PIK-Eligible Cash Interest Payment”) plus the Accretion Amount must equal the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment due on such note and (iii) on each interest payment date, the PIK-Eligible Cash Interest Payment paid on such date, together with the automatic increase, if any, of the principal amount of such note by the Accretion Amount, shall be deemed to be full payment of the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment. The calculation agent shall prepare, and the registrar shall maintain, a schedule with respect to the foregoing, setting forth with respect to each note on each interest payment date, the principal amount (immediately prior to the payment of interest thereon on such date), the Mandatory Cash Interest Payment, the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment, the portion of the PIK-Eligible Interest Payment paid in immediately available funds, and the Accretion Amount, if any.

Interest on the principal amount of each note will accrue from the Issue Date or, if interest has previously been paid on any note, from the most recent interest payment date on which the Company has paid or provided for the payment of interest, to the next interest payment date or the scheduled maturity date, as the case may be. Interest on overdue principal and interest will accrue at the Applicable Interest Rate. Interest on the notes will be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in each quarterly interest payment period. If an interest payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

All interest on the notes will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, beginning on March 15, 2012. The Company will pay interest on the notes to the persons in whose names the notes are registered at the close of business on the March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 preceding the respective interest payment date. At maturity of the notes, the Company will pay the principal amount of the notes in immediately available funds upon delivery of the notes to the trustee.

“Applicable Interest Rate” means an annual interest rate, expressed as a percentage, equal to the lower of (a) the sum of (i) the Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate plus (ii) 13 percentage points and (b) the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

“Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate” means an annual interest rate, expressed as a percentage, equal to the greater of (a) 1.5% or (b) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for the three-month period commencing on the applicable Interest Reset Date which appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (as defined below) at approximately 11:00 a.m.,

London time, on the second London banking day (defined below) prior to the applicable Interest Reset Date. If this rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the calculation agent will determine the rate on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by four major reference banks in the London interbank market (selected by the calculation agent) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second London banking day prior to the applicable Interest Reset Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of three months commencing on that Interest Reset Date and in a principal amount equal to an amount not less than $1,000,000 that is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. In such case, the calculation agent will request the principal London office of each of the aforesaid major banks to provide a quotation of such rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations calculated by the calculation agent, and, if fewer than two quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City (selected by the calculation agent) at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second London banking day prior to the applicable Interest Reset Date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a period of three months commencing on that Interest Reset Date (such arithmetic mean as calculated by the calculation agent) and in a principal amount equal to an amount not less than $1,000,000 that is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time; provided, however that if the banks selected as aforesaid by the calculation agent are not quoting such rates as mentioned in the preceding sentence, the Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate set at such Interest Reset Date will be the Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate determined with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Reset Date. A “London banking day” is any business day in which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on page “LIBOR01” on Reuters Screen (or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service, any successor service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

The Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate will be reset quarterly on each interest payment date (each of these dates is referred to as an “Interest Reset Date”), beginning on March 15, 2012. All percentages resulting from any calculation of Applicable Interest Rate and the Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one-hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards (for example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655) and 9.876544% (or .09876544) being rounded to 9.87654% (or .0987654)), and all dollar amounts in or resulting from any such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

Promptly upon such determination, the calculation agent will notify the Company and the trustee (if the calculation agent is not the trustee) of the Minimum Three-Month LIBOR Rate and the Applicable Interest Rate for the three month period beginning on the Interest Reset Date. The calculation agent will, upon the request of the holder of any note, provide the Applicable Interest Rate then in effect.

The calculation agent is initially the trustee until such time as the Company appoints a successor calculation agent. All calculations made by the calculation agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on us and the holders of the notes.

If a holder of notes has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will pay all principal and interest on that holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar, unless we elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar for the notes. The Company may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the indenture, including the procedures described under “—Book Entry, Delivery and Form.” The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of the notes, and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the indenture. The Company will not

be required to transfer or exchange any note (or portion of a note) selected for redemption. Also, the Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

On the Issue Date, the notes will be guaranteed by all of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. These Subsidiary Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or prohibited financial assistance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks to Holders of New Notes Issued in the Offer—A court could deem the issuance of the New Notes or the guarantees thereof, as applicable, a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance and void all or a portion of the obligations represented by the New Notes or the guarantees.”

A Subsidiary Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless:

The Subsidiary Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor, will be released:

The obligations of the Company with respect to the notes, the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Note Documents will be secured equally and ratably together with any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations by second priority security interests, subject to certain Permitted Liens, in the New Credit Facility Collateral (the “Collateral”).

The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the trustee, the holders of the notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, a Lien on the Collateral pursuant to a security agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the

Subsidiary Guarantors and the Collateral Agent (as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Security Agreement”), and one or more mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure Indebtedness, and other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to the Collateral Agent.

So long as no Event of Default (or event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) has occurred and is continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, including the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement, remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Security Documents), operate the Collateral, alter or repair the Collateral, and collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (or event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) and to the extent permitted by law and the Intercreditor Agreement and following notice by the Collateral Agent to the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors:

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Collateral Agent, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, may exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Security Documents only at the direction of the holders of a majority of the notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations voting as a single class.

The Collateral Agent, on behalf of the trustee and the holders of notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the New Credit Facility Obligations will enter into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) that will set forth the relative priority of the New Credit Facility Liens, the Note Liens, and the Liens securing any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as well as certain other rights, priorities and interests of the holders of the notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the holders of the New Credit Facility Obligations. Although the holders of the notes are not party to the Intercreditor Agreement, each holder, by accepting a note, will consent and agree to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and authorize and direct the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Collateral Agent will also enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of all present and future holders of the notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. The Intercreditor Agreement will provide, among other things:

Lien Priority. Notwithstanding the time, order or method of creation or perfection of any New Credit Facility Obligations, New Credit Facility Liens, Note Obligations, Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, Note Liens, or the Liens securing any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the New Credit Facility Liens on the New Credit Facility Collateral will rank senior to any Note Liens on the Collateral and the Liens securing any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. The lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement will not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of the obligations secured by the New Credit Facility Collateral or by any action that either the Collateral Agent or the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.

Prohibition on Contesting Liens and Obligations; Enforcement. None of the Collateral Agent, the trustee or any holder of any note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation may contest the validity or enforceability of the New Credit Facility Liens or the New Credit Facility Obligations, the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any New Credit Facility Lien or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Similarly, neither the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent nor any holder of any New Credit Facility Obligations may contest the validity or enforceability of the Note Liens, or the Liens securing any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the notes or the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the validity,

attachment, perfection or priority (other than to assert such Note Lien is junior to a New Credit Facility Lien) of any Note Lien or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the New Credit Facility Collateral will be enforced.

No New Liens. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any holder of Note Obligations may acquire or hold any Lien on any assets securing any Note Obligations unless those assets are also subject to the Lien of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent, and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not grant any Lien on any of its assets in favor of the Collateral Agent or the holders of the Note Obligations unless it has granted a corresponding Lien on such assets in favor of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the New Credit Facility Obligations. If the Collateral Agent or any holder of Note Obligations (nonetheless and in breach of the Intercreditor Agreement) acquires any Lien on any assets securing any Note Obligations that are not also subject to the Lien of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent, then the Collateral Agent (or the relevant holder of Note Obligations), shall, without the need for any further consent of any other person and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the indenture or any Security Document, either hold and be deemed to have held such Lien and security interest for the benefit of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent as security for the New Credit Facility Obligations or release such Lien.

Exercise of Remedies and Release of Liens. For a period of 180 days (subject to extension for any period during which the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent is diligently pursuing remedies against the New Credit Facility Collateral or is prohibited by applicable law from pursuing such remedies) commencing on the later of (x) the acceleration of Note Obligations or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent receiving notice of acceleration from the Collateral Agent, the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent will have the sole power to exercise remedies against the New Credit Facility Collateral (subject to the right of the Collateral Agent and the holders of notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to take limited protective measures with respect to the Note Liens and to take certain actions that would be permitted to be taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose of the New Credit Facility Collateral. Upon (x) any disposition of any New Credit Facility Collateral in connection with any enforcement action or, following an event of default under the New Credit Facility, certain other sales consented to by the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent or (y) any disposition of New Credit Facility Collateral permitted by the documents governing the New Credit Facility Obligations and not expressly prohibited by the indenture and the Security Documents, in each case, which results in the release of the New Credit Facility Lien on such item of New Credit Facility Collateral, the Note Lien, and the Liens securing any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations on such item of New Credit Facility Collateral will be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released. The Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the holders of the Note Obligations, shall promptly execute and deliver to the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent such termination statements, releases and other documents as the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent may request to effectively confirm such release.

Application of Proceeds and Turn-Over Provisions. In connection with any enforcement action with respect to the Collateral or any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, all proceeds of New Credit Facility Collateral will first be applied to the repayment of all New Credit Facility Obligations before being applied to any Note Obligations or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. If any holder of a note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation receives any proceeds of Collateral in contravention of the foregoing, such holder must turn over such proceeds to the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the foregoing.

Amendments and Refinancings. The New Credit Facility Obligations, the Note Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may be amended or refinanced in accordance with the New Credit Facility, the indenture and the documents governing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and subject to continuing rights and obligations of the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debtor-in-Possession Financings. In connection with any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent may consent to certain debtor-in-possession financings (a “DIP Financing”) secured by a Lien on the New Credit Facility Collateral ranking prior to the Note Lien on such New Credit Facility Collateral or to the use of cash collateral constituting proceeds of New Credit Facility Collateral without the consent of the Collateral Agent, the trustee, any holder of notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and none of the Collateral Agent, the trustee or any holder of a note or any Permitted

Additional Pari Passu Obligation shall be entitled to object to such use of cash collateral or DIP financing or seek “adequate protection” in connection therewith (other than in the form of a junior lien on any additional items of collateral for the New Credit Facility Obligations which are granted in connection with such DIP financing or use of cash collateral).

Relief from Automatic Stay; Bankruptcy Sales and Post-Petition Interest. None of the Collateral Agent, the trustee or any holder of a note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation may (x) seek relief from the automatic stay with respect to any New Credit Facility Collateral, (y) object to any sale of any New Credit Facility Collateral or any motion seeking relief from the automatic stay in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case which has been supported by the holders of New Credit Facility Obligations or (z) object to any claim of any holder of New Credit Facility Obligations to post-petition interest to the extent of its New Credit Facility Lien on the New Credit Facility Collateral.

Adequate Protection. None of the Collateral Agent, the trustee or any holder of a note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may (i) except as expressly provided above, seek adequate protection on account of its Note Lien on the New Credit Facility Collateral or (ii) object to any request by the holders of New Credit Facility Obligations for adequate protection on account of the New Credit Facility Collateral.

Plans of Reorganization. Neither the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any holder of any New Credit Facility Obligations, notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may support any plan of reorganization in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding which contravenes the intercreditor provisions described above (unless consented to by the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, representing the holders of the Liens entitled to the benefit of such contravened intercreditor provisions).

Sale of Collateral. The Collateral Agent on behalf of holders of the Notes, will not contest, protest or object to, and will be deemed to have consented to pursuant to section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law), a sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral free and clear of its Liens or other interests under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law), if the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent has consented in writing to such disposition, provided that (i) the Liens securing the Note Obligations attach to any net proceeds of such disposition with the same priority and validity as the Liens held by the Collateral Agent on the assets disposed of in such disposition, and any such Liens will remain subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Notes may raise objections to any disposition of Collateral that could be raised in a bankruptcy proceeding by unsecured creditors generally so long as not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. Upon the request of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, solely in its capacity as the holder of a Lien on Collateral, will join any objection to any sale of Collateral during a bankruptcy proceeding if and to the extent such objection has been asserted by the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent.

No Waiver. Nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement will prohibit or in any way limit the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent or any holder of the New Credit Facility Obligations from objecting in any bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by a holder of the Note Obligations, including the seeking by any holder of Note Obligations of adequate protection or the asserting by such a holder of any of its rights and remedies under the indenture, the Security Documents or otherwise.

Post-Petition Claims. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any holder of the Note Obligations will oppose or seek to challenge any claim by a holder of New Credit Facility Obligations for allowance or payment in any bankruptcy proceeding of New Credit Facility Obligations consisting of interest, fees and other claims that arise after the commencement of such proceeding to the extent of the value of any Collateral securing the New Credit Facility Obligations without regard to the existence of the Lien securing the Note Obligations and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have commenced enforcement of remedies under the Security Documents, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Security Documents, the indenture or the New Credit Facility or other documentation governing the New Credit Facility Obligations or the Note Obligations, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may remain in possession and retain

exclusive control of the Collateral, alter or repair the Collateral, freely operate the Collateral, and collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.

The indenture and the Security Documents provide that the Note Liens will automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:

The description above includes a phrase relating to the release of “all or substantially all” of the Collateral securing the notes. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of the Company to release Collateral as provided above may be uncertain, and for the avoidance of doubt, the term “all or substantially all,” when applied to the Collateral, as set forth above and under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” shall not be read to mean “any” of the Collateral as a result of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary being in the “zone of insolvency.”

The indenture will not require the Company to comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b).

The indenture will provide that, to the extent applicable, the Company will cause Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b), relating to reports, and Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with after qualification of the indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases where Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent appraiser or other expert selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof

of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) is inapplicable to released Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from Liens under an indenture in the ordinary course of an issuer’s business without requiring the issuer to provide certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. In addition, under interpretations provided by the SEC, to the extent that a release of a Lien is made without the need for consent by the holders of the notes or the trustee, the provisions of Section 314(d) may be inapplicable to the release. Under the indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors may, among other things, without any release or consent by the trustee, but otherwise in compliance with the covenants of the indenture and the Security Documents, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to the Collateral, including (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property subject to the Lien of the Security Documents which has become worn out, defective or obsolete or not used or useful in the business; (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions of any leases or contracts subject to the Lien of the Security Documents; (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of the Security Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating; (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; (v) granting a license of any intellectual property; (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (vii) collecting accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or selling, liquidating, factoring or otherwise disposing of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; (viii) making cash payments (including for the repayment of Indebtedness or interest and in connection with the Company’s cash management activities) from cash that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by the indenture and the security documents; and (ix) abandoning any intellectual property which is no longer used or useful in the Company’s business. The Company must deliver to the trustee within 30 calendar days following the end of each fiscal year (or such later date as the trustee shall agree), an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding fiscal year (or since the date of the indenture, in the case of the first such certificate) in which no release or consent of the trustee was obtained in the ordinary course of the Company’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ business were not prohibited by the indenture.

In the event of foreclosure on the Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy in full the Note Obligations, any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the New Credit Facility Obligations. The amount to be received upon such a sale would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the timing and the manner of the sale. In addition, the book value of the Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. By its nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Collateral can be sold in a short period of time in an orderly manner. The Collateral includes assets that may only be usable, and thus retain value, as part of the existing operating business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Accordingly, any such sale of the Collateral separate from the sale of certain of the operating businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries may not be feasible or of significant value.

The right of the Collateral Agent to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited from taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such Collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or the value of the Collateral at the time of the commencement of such case whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”

Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the holders of the notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Note Liens on Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall.

Applicable Federal bankruptcy laws permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case only to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.

The notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after the Issue Date upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of notes in global form, the trustee will select notes for redemption based on DTC’s method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection), unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.

No notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture.

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment. Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at our discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

We may at any time and from time to time purchase notes in the open market or otherwise. We are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.

The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment exceeding $2.5 million shall be determined conclusively by two senior Officers of the Company acting in good faith whose conclusions with respect thereto shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the trustee, provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment exceeds $10.0 million, such Fair Market Value shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in a board resolution, and a certified copy of such board resolution shall be delivered to the trustee. For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in (1) through (11) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment, or later classify, reclassify or re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner that complies with this covenant.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien to secure Indebtedness on any of its properties or assets, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof) of that holder’s notes pursuant to an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The paying agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes (or, if all the notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities

of DTC), and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess of $1,000. Any note so accepted for payment will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date unless the Company defaults in making the Change of Control Payment. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described herein that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the indenture as described above under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a Default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and cancelled, at the Company’s option. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding paragraph will have the status of notes issued and outstanding.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require the Company to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

In the event that holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Company purchases all of the notes held by such holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following a Change of Control Payment Date, to redeem all, but not less than all, of the notes that remain outstanding at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes that remain outstanding, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or, if the Company has entered into a binding commitment or commitments with respect to any of the actions described in clauses (2) or (3) below, within the later of (x) 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or (y) 180 days after the entering into of such commitment or commitments, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

An amount equal to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in clauses (1) through (3) above will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

Within ten Business Days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness as may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company will use the Excess Proceeds to purchase the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described under the caption “—Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” and/or the provisions described under the caption “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of the indenture, or compliance with the Asset Sales provisions of the indenture would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sales provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The agreement governing the New Credit Facility may contain, prohibitions of certain events, including events that would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and including repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the notes. The exercise by the holders of notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale could cause a default under that other agreement, even if the Change of Control or Asset Sale itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Company or otherwise. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing notes, the Company could seek the consent of the applicable lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the Indebtedness that contain such prohibitions. If the Company does not obtain a consent or repay that Indebtedness,

the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under other Indebtedness. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s then-existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors—Risks to Holders of New Notes Issued in the Offer—We may not be able make the a change of control offer required by the indenture.”

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the applicable Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” set forth below under “—Definitions,” it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indenture. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Regardless of whether required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will continue to file with the SEC for public availability, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing, in which case the Company will comply with the requirements described in the next succeeding paragraph):

If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above, unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Each Subsidiary of the Company that constitutes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee the notes, and upon any Person (that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor) becoming a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, such Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the procedures specified in the indenture. The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released at such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to constitute a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company will not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation), convert into another form of entity or continue in another jurisdiction; or (2) directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

The surviving entity will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the indenture; provided, however, that the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, this covenant.

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (4), any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, the Company may merge into a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, and any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Under the indenture, each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the notes:

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

The indenture provides that in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all then outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is

continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare all of the notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and, in case of a notice by holders, also to the trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a notice of acceleration.

Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power with respect to the notes. However, the trustee may refuse any direction that violates applicable law or this indenture or that the trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other holders or that may subject the trustee to personal liability. The trustee may also withhold from holders of the notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest.

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense, and the trustee will be under no obligation to incur any expense, unless such holders have offered assurance of reimbursement for such expense satisfactory to the trustee. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes by notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the notes.

The Company is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture and the Security Documents. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required within five Business Days to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the notes, the indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

The Company may, at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and all obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with respect to their Subsidiary Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors released with respect to the provisions of the indenture described above under “—Certain Covenants” (other than the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,” except to the extent described below) and the limitation imposed by clause (4) under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” (such release and termination being referred to as “Covenant Defeasance”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations or provisions will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs in accordance with the indenture, the Events of Default described under clauses (3) through (7) under the caption “—Events of Default” and the Event of Default described under clause (9) under the caption “—Events of Default” (but only with respect to Subsidiaries of the Company), in each case, will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the indenture, the notes or any Guarantee thereof may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the notes) and, subject to certain exceptions relating to waivers of past Defaults and rights of holders of notes to receive payment, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes issued thereunder or any Guarantee thereof may be waived with respect to the notes with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the notes).

Without the consent of each holder of the notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes or the Guarantees thereof issued thereunder to:

The consent of the holders is not necessary under the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under the indenture becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the holders of the notes a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all such holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the applicable amendment, supplement or waiver.

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when:

In addition, the Company must deliver to the trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) above have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of counsel, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) above have been satisfied.

If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the indenture limits the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if the indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes, unless such holder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms of the indenture, and the trustee will be under no obligation to incur any expense unless such holder has offered assurance of reimbursement for such expense satisfactory to the trustee.

Anyone who receives this offering memorandum may obtain a copy of the indenture and the Security Documents without charge by writing to Dune Energy, Inc., Two Shell Plaza, 777 Walker Street, Suite 2300, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

The indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Notes will be issued either in registered, global form or in registered, certificated form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

Initially, all notes will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may be held through Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V. as the operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”) (as indirect participants in DTC).

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for definitive notes in registered certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of global notes for certificated notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form.

Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. The Company takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants. Euroclear and Clearstream may hold interests in the Global Notes on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the trustee nor any agent of any of them has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

DTC has advised the Company that its current practice, at the due date of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Company and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its depository; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its Participants.

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. Neither the Company nor the trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and

issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Certificated Notes may be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note.

The Company will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the Company that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4), such Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time or upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficially Owning” will have a corresponding meaning.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction, event or occurrence contemplated by or described in the Offering Memorandum shall constitute a “Change of Control.”

“Collateral Agent” means the trustee, in its capacity as collateral agent for the holders of notes and holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, together with its successors in such capacity.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

“Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the sum of:

(1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date; plus

(2) the respective amounts reported on such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with respect to any series of preferred stock that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that Guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Excluded Assets” means any Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of the Company to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such Capital Stock or other securities to secure the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees would cause such Subsidiary to be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (as in effect from time to time).

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or management of the Company (unless otherwise provided in the indenture), which determination will be conclusive for all purposes under the indenture.

“Farm-In Agreement” means an agreement whereby a Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or gas property.

“Farm-Out Agreement” means a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that transfers an ownership interest to another.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and

pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services or to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part).

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate and Currency Hedges and any Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Contracts.

“Hydrocarbons” means oil, gas, natural gas liquids, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication, any indebtedness of such Person, regardless of whether contingent:

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (a) all Indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (7), secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (regardless of whether such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person, and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (7). Furthermore, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute “Indebtedness:”

“Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

“Interest Rate and Currency Hedges” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, advances or capital contributions (excluding endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business, and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

“Issue Date” means the first date on which notes are issued under the indenture.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, regardless of whether filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other

agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

“New Credit Facility” means the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date among the Company, each of its Subsidiaries identified as borrowers, each of its Subsidiaries identified as guarantors, the various lenders and agents party thereto and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities, receivables securitization facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity thereof or adds Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or investors.

“New Credit Facility Collateral” shall mean the following property of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (with terms below that are defined in the UCC generally having the meanings given such term by the UCC), whether now owned or hereafter acquired:

“New Credit Facility Collateral Agent” means Bank of Montreal, as collateral agent under the New Credit Facility, and its successors, replacements and/or assigns in such capacity.

“New Credit Facility Liens” means all Liens in favor of the New Credit Facility Collateral Agent on the New Credit Facility Collateral securing the New Credit Facility Obligations.

“New Credit Facility Obligations” means (x) the Indebtedness incurred under the New Credit Facility and (y) Banking Services Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, Acceptance Obligations and Securities Swap Obligations (which terms are defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) that are permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Note Documents” means the indenture, the Security Documents, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees.

“Note Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Note Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

“Note Obligations” means the Obligations of the Company and any other obligor under the indenture or any of the other Note Documents, including any Subsidiary Guarantor, to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings) when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with the indenture, the notes and the performance of all other Obligations to the trustee and the holders under the indenture and the notes, according to the respective terms thereof.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, dated as of November 14, 2011, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Officer” means, in the case of the Company, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and, in the

case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, in the case of the Company, a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Oil and Gas Properties” means all Properties, including equity or other ownership interests therein, owned by such Person which contain “proved oil and gas reserves” as defined in Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

“Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Contract” means any Hydrocarbon hedging agreements and other agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business in the oil and gas industry for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in Hydrocarbon prices or addressing “basis,” price or transportation cost differentials.

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (whether or not consisting of Additional Notes) secured by the Note Liens.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Production Payments” means Dollar-Denominated Production Payments and Volumetric Production Payments, collectively.

“Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, Production Payment, partnership or other interest in Oil and Gas Properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the oil and gas business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Related Business” means any business which is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, which includes (1) the acquisition, exploration, exploitation, development, production, operation and disposition of interests in oil, gas and other Hydrocarbon properties, and the utilization of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ properties, (2) the gathering, marketing, treating, processing, storage, refining, selling and transporting of any production from such interests or properties and products produced in association therewith, (3) any power generation and electrical transmission business, (4) oil field sales and services and related activities, (5) development, purchase and sale of real estate and interests therein, and (6) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate or incidental to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, and all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include:

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the issue date thereof, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment (by its terms or the terms of any document or instrument relating thereto), to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the notes by any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the indenture described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Subsidiary Guarantees.”

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that has become obligated under a Subsidiary Guarantee, in accordance with the terms of the guarantee provisions of the indenture, but only for so long as such Subsidiary remains so obligated pursuant to the terms of the indenture.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

“Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all related undertakings and obligations.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

The following table highlights some of the differences in the terms of the Old Notes (prior to the effectiveness of the Proposed Amendments) and the New Notes. Please refer to the “Description of New Notes” for a more detailed description of the terms of the New Notes. The following table is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of indenture governing the New Notes, which will be included as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the certificate of designations that will govern our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (which we refer to herein as the “New Preferred Stock”) and does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Certificate of Designations to be incorporated by reference elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement.

Upon the execution of the Exchange Agreement for the Old Notes, we will issue 250,000 shares of New Preferred Stock in an unregistered private placement in reliance on Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. The New Preferred Stock will have a par value of $0.01 per share and a liquidation value of $0.0001 per share.

The New Preferred Stock, with respect to rights upon our liquidation, winding up or dissolution, ranks:

Dividends may be declared and paid on the New Preferred Stock when determined by the Board of Directors. The New Preferred Stock will rank pari passu with our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

The liquidation value per share of New Preferred Stock, in the case of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, will be $0.0001 per share.

At the “Restructuring Time” as described below under “Recapitalization After the Offer,” each share of New Preferred Stock will automatically convert into 14,149.595545 shares of our common stock, provided that the number of shares into which the New Preferred Stock is convertible, when combined with all other shares of outstanding common stock and shares of our common stock which have been subscribed for or otherwise committed to be issued, will not exceed the number of shares of our common stock then authorized to be issued by us. In the event that there are insufficient shares of our common stock authorized to permit the full conversion, we will promptly take all such actions necessary to permit the full conversion as soon as practicable.

The New Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights other than as required by applicable law.

So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, modify or amend the terms of the New Preferred Stock in any way.

In the event that the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock agree to allow the Company to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the New Preferred Stock pursuant to applicable law, no such change will be effective to the extent that, by its terms, such change applies to less than all of the shares of New Preferred Stock then outstanding.

If we successfully consummate the Offer, we will immediately effectuate the Recapitalization in a manner that will result in the holders of our Old Notes owning a 97.25% equity interest in the Company, current holders of our Old Preferred Stock owning a 1.5% equity interest in the Company and current common stockholders owning a 1.25% equity interest in the Company. Because the Company does not currently have sufficient authorized shares of common stock available under its certificate of incorporation, the Recapitalization will require us to increase the number of shares of our authorized common stock.

The increase in the number of authorized shares is subject to approval by the holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock.

In addition, the certificate of designations for the Old Preferred Stock will be amended to authorize the conversion of the Old Preferred Stock into common stock and cash. This amendment is subject to approval by the holders of 66²/3% of the outstanding Old Preferred Stock and by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock.

By tendering Old Notes in the Offer, Old Noteholders will also grant James A. Watt and Frank T. Smith, Jr., and each of them, a power of attorney to enter into the Written Consent of Stockholders with respect to shares of common stock issued to them in the Offer to approve: (i) an increase in the authorized shares of our common stock to 4,200,000,000, (ii) an amendment to the certificate of designations of our Old Preferred Stock to provide for the automatic conversion of the Old Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 58,433,825 shares of common stock and an aggregate cash payment of $4.0 million, (iii) a reverse split of our common stock on a 1-for-100 basis (i.e. each stockholder will receive 1 share of common stock for each 100 shares owned immediately prior to the reverse split) and (iv) such other matters as may be to be necessary or appropriate to effect the Recapitalization.

Upon execution of the written consent of common stockholders described above, we will file an amendment to our certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The amendment to our certificate of incorporation will (i) increase the amount of authorized shares of common stock to 4,200,000,000 shares, (ii) amend the certificate of designations for the Old Preferred Stock and (iii) file the certificate of designations for the New Preferred Stock. At such time as we have received filing confirmation from the Delaware Secretary of State and otherwise satisfied all conditions to the Offer as described under “Description of the Offer—Conditions to the Offer,” which we refer to as the “Restructuring Time,” the following will automatically happen:

Following the conversion of the Old Preferred Stock and the New Preferred Stock, we will effect a reverse split of our common stock on a 1-for-100 basis (i.e. each stockholder will receive 1 share of common stock for each 100 shares owned immediately prior to the reverse split). Fractional shares resulting from the reverse split will be rounded up to the next nearest whole share.

Immediately following the Recapitalization, our Board of Directors will be comprised of seven members, one of whom will be our current President and Chief Executive Officer and six of whom will be elected by the Old Noteholders tendering their Old Notes in the Offer.

The following is a description of our material indebtedness following the consummation of the Offer. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the New Credit Facility and the indenture governing the New Notes, which will be included as exhibits to Current Reports on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC.

The Company is currently negotiating with a financial institution to provide the New Credit Facility. If the negotiations are successfully completed, the Company expects that the New Credit Facility would have the terms set forth below. The following description is not complete and there is no assurance that the negotiations will be successful or, if successful, that the New Credit Facility will have the terms set forth below.

Under the New Credit Facility, the lenders will agree to make revolving loans to the Company and to issue letters of credit on behalf of the Company. The lenders will commit to provide up to $200,000,000 of loans and up to $10,000,000 of letters of credit, provided that the sum of the outstanding loans and the face amount of the outstanding letters of credit may not exceed $200,000,000 at any time. The availability of loans under the New Credit Facility will be limited by a borrowing base in effect from time to time, which is determined by the lenders in their discretion based upon their evaluation of the Company’s oil and gas properties. The initial borrowing base is $63,000,000. The Company must use the letters of credit and the proceeds of the Loans only for funding the cash portion of the Restructuring or refinancing of indebtedness under the Wayzata Term Loan, for the acquisition and development of oil and natural gas properties, and for general corporate purposes. The Company’s obligations under the New Credit Facility will be guaranteed by its domestic subsidiaries.

As security for its obligations under the New Credit Facility, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries will grant to the administrative agent (for the benefit of the lenders) a first priority lien on all substantially all of their property, including liens on not less than 85% of the total value of proved oil and gas reserves and not less than 90% of the total value of proved developed and producing reserves.

Each loan will mature four years after the New Credit Facility becomes effective. The principal balance of the loans may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, except for losses incurred by the lender as a consequence of such prepayment. Amounts repaid under the New Credit Facility may be reborrowed.

Generally, outstanding borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be priced at LIBOR plus a margin or at our option a domestic bank rate plus a margin. The LIBOR margin is 2.75 percent if usage is greater than 75 percent and steps down to 2.25 percent if usage is 50 percent or less, and the domestic rate margin is 1.75 percent if usage is greater than 75 percent and steps down to 1.25 percent if usage is 50 percent or less. We are charged the above LIBOR margin plus an additional fronting fee of 0.25 percent on outstanding letters of credit, which are considered usage of the revolving credit facility, plus a nominal administrative fee. We will pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50 percent of unborrowed funds.

The New Credit Facility is expected to contain negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to take the following actions (subject to exceptions to be negotiated):

The New Credit Facility also contains other customary covenants that include, among other things (subject to exceptions): maintenance of existence; maintenance of insurance, compliance with laws, delivery of certain information, maintenance of properties, keeping of books and records, preservation of organizational existence and further assurances requirements.

The New Credit Facility contains the following events of default, which are subject to customary grace periods and materiality standards:

If an event of default under the New Credit Facility occurs, then the administrative agent for the lenders may declare the loans to be immediately due and payable and may exercise the Company’s rights in the collateral. In that event, the administrative agent will have all of the rights of a secured party with respect to the collateral under the Uniform Commercial Code, including, among other things, the right to sell the collateral at public or private sale.

The following summary is a description of the material terms of our capital stock. This summary is not intended to be a complete description of our capital stock, and it is subject in all respects to the applicable provisions of Delaware law and of our constituent documents and of the constituent documents of our subsidiaries. For more information, please review our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and our Amended and Restated By-laws.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value per share. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 750,000 shares are designated as 10% Senior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of November 4, 2011, there were 48,694,854 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, which were held by an estimated 290 registered owners. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to the right of holders of any preferred stock then outstanding, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends if and when such dividends are declared by our board of directors. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock from time to time as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the Board is expressly authorized to issue the shares, fix the number of shares, change the number of shares constituting any series, and provide for or change the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights, and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or series of the preferred stock, in each case without any further action or vote by the stockholders and subject to the terms of our Preferred Stock.

One of the effects of undesignated preferred stock may be to enable the Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of our management. The issuance of shares of the preferred stock pursuant to the Board’s authority described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock. For example, preferred stock issued by us may rank prior to common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares of common stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may discourage bids for common stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of common stock.

The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder unless:

transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding stock owned by the interested stockholder) those (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentiality whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

The application of Section 203 may limit the ability of our stockholders to approve a transaction that they may deem to be in their interests. Under Section 203, a “business combination” generally includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other similar transaction with an interested stockholder, and an “interested stockholder” is generally a person who, together with its affiliates and associates, owns or, in the case of affiliates or associates of the corporation, owned 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status.

We have agreed to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain Old Noteholders with respect to the common stock issued in exchange for the Old Notes (except common stock that is already freely tradable at issuance; see “Securities Law Matters”) and upon the conversion of the New Preferred Stock. The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of Old Notes that, on a post-restructuring basis, would be deemed an affiliate of the Company (as such term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act) by virtue of their ownership of our common stock may request a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement by contacting the Company at the address set forth under “Description of New Notes—Additional Information.” Such holders must execute such agreement before the filing of the shelf registration statement described below to become a party to and benefit from the registration rights described below. We urge you to read the Registration Rights Agreement in its entirety because it, and not this description, defines your registration rights.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we will, subject to certain conditions, at our own cost:

provided, however, that if we file the shelf registration statement on Form S-1 and subsequently become eligible to use Form S-3, we may file a post-effective amendment to such Form S-1 on Form S-3 and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause such shelf registration statement as amended to become effective.

Holders may also at any time at their sole discretion sell their registrable securities covered by the shelf registration statement in an underwritten offering, subject to certain conditions.

We will be permitted to suspend the use of the prospectus that is part of the shelf registration statement in connection with the sale of registrable securities during prescribed periods of time for reasons relating to pending corporate developments, public filings with the SEC and other events. We will provide to each holder of registrable securities who has provided us with such information required under Regulation S-K under the Securities Act regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as we may request in writing, or the requested information, copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder and issue a press release when the shelf registration statement has been filed with the SEC and when such shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions required to permit the public offer and resale of registrable securities.

This summary of certain provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which will be made available to beneficial owners of the Old Notes upon request to us.

We have entered into separately negotiated restructuring support agreements with Holders of approximately 95% of the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes and UBS, a holder of 64% of the Old Preferred Stock. Under the terms of these restructuring support agreements, these Old Noteholders and UBS have agreed, among other things, to support and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Restructuring Plan, including by tendering their Old Notes (for the Old Noteholders) into the Offer and voting their claims and interests pursuant to the Old Notes and Old Preferred Stock, as applicable, in favor of the Plan of Reorganization. The restructuring support agreements may be terminated upon the occurrence or failure to occur of certain events generally related to progress toward consummation of the restructuring.

The foregoing description of the restructuring support agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to the restructuring support agreements themselves, a form of which is included as an exhibit to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 6, 2011, that we have filed with the SEC, which you may examine and copy as set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

In connection with the Offer, the Company has retained Global Bondholder Services Corporation to act as voting, exchange and information agent (the “Agent”). The Agent will receive customary fees for its services. The Company has agreed to reimburse out-of-pocket expenses and to indemnify the Agent against certain liabilities, including liabilities under federal securities laws and to contribute to payments that they may be required to make in respect thereof. No fees or commissions have been or will be paid by the Company to any broker, dealer or other person, other than the Agent, in connection with the Offer.

Questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or the related Letter of Transmittal and/or Ballot, Letters of Transmittal and/or Ballots and all correspondence in connection with the Offer may be directed to the Agent. The contact information for the Agent is set forth on the back cover of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. Old Noteholders may also contact their broker, dealer, custodian bank, depository, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Offer.

The Agent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning the Company contained or incorporated by reference in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or for any failure by the Company to disclose events that may have occurred and may affect the significance or accuracy of such information.

DUNE AND ITS AFFILIATES HAVE NOT COMMENCED A CHAPTER 11 CASE, NOR HAVE THEY TAKEN ANY CORPORATE ACTION AUTHORIZING THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH A CASE. IF THE OFFER CANNOT BE CONSUMMATED, HOWEVER, DUNE AND ITS AFFILIATES MAY COMMENCE CHAPTER 11 CASES UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE TO RESTRUCTURE THEIR FINANCIAL AFFAIRS. THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SOLICITS YOUR ADVANCE ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, A COPY OF WHICH IS ATTACHED TO THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS APPENDIX C, AND WHICH CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION RELEVANT TO YOUR DECISION TO ACCEPT THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION. PLEASE READ THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION COMPLETELY AND CAREFULLY.

To enhance the likelihood that we will succeed in our restructuring efforts, we have formulated the Plan of Reorganization for our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan of Reorganization covers Dune and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Dune Properties, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Dune Operating Company, a Texas corporation (together, the “Filing Entities”), and provides the treatment set forth below to holders of claims against and interests in the Filing Entities, which treatment differs in certain material respects from the treatment provided pursuant to the Offer. In the event that the conditions to the Offer are not satisfied or waived, or if we for any reason determine that it would be more advantageous or expeditious to pursue, and there is sufficient support for, the Plan of Reorganization, the Filing Entities may seek to file a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. If the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed and consummated, all holders of claims against and interests in the Filing Entities would receive the treatment set forth below, whether or not they vote for acceptance of the Plan of Reorganization.

The statements contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement include summaries of the provisions contained in the Plan of Reorganization and in documents referred to therein. The statements contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement do not purport to be precise or complete statements of all the terms and provisions of the Plan of Reorganization or documents referred to therein, and reference is made to the Plan of Reorganization and to such documents for the full and complete statements of such terms and provisions.

The Plan of Reorganization itself and the documents referred to therein control the actual treatment of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities under the Plan of Reorganization and will, upon the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization, be binding upon all holders of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities and the Estates, the Reorganized Debtors and other parties in interest. In the event of any conflict between this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, on the one hand, and the Plan of Reorganization or any other operative document thereunder, on the other hand, the terms of the Plan of Reorganization and such other operative document are controlling.

Set forth below is a glossary of certain terms used in the description of the Plan of Reorganization. To the extent that terms are defined differently in the Glossary and elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, for the purposes of this section only, the definitions in this Glossary are controlling. To the extent not defined in this Glossary or otherwise defined in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, capitalized terms used in the description of the Plan of Reorganization have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan of Reorganization attached hereto as Appendix C.

“Ad Hoc Committee” means the ad hoc committee of the Consenting Note Holders represented by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

Commencement Date, (b) Professional Fee Claims, (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code, and (d) the reasonable post-petition fees and expenses of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustees, including any successors thereto, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of such Senior Notes Indenture Trustees.

“Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the date, if any, designated by the Bankruptcy Court as the last date for filing proofs of Administrative Claims against the Debtors.

“Advisors” means each financial advisor, investment banker, Professional, accountant, consultant, representative, attorney and other professionals, and each of their respective employees, members, parent corporations, subsidiaries, Affiliates and partners.

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

i) with respect to any Claim (a) as to which no objection or request for estimation has been filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline or the expiration of such other applicable period fixed by the Bankruptcy Court or the Plan; (b) as to which any objection has been settled, waived, withdrawn or denied by a Final Order or in accordance with the Plan; or (c) that is allowed (i) by a Final Order, (ii) by an agreement between the holder of such Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or (iii) pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, by treating a Claim as an “Allowed Claim” under (a) above (the expiration of the Claims Objection Deadline or other applicable deadline), the Debtors do not waive their rights to contest the amount and validity of any disputed, contingent and/or unliquidated Claim in the time, manner and venue in which such Claim would have been determined, resolved or adjudicated if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. An allowed Claim (a) includes a Disputed Claim to the extent such Disputed Claim becomes Allowed after the Effective Date and (b) shall be net of any valid setoff exercised with respect to such Claim pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable law. Unless otherwise specified herein, in section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, “Allowed Claim” shall not, for purposes of distributions under the Plan, include interest on such Claim accruing from and after the Commencement Date; and

ii) with respect to any Equity Interest: an Equity Interest in Dune that has been or hereafter is listed by Dune in its books and records as liquidated in number or amount and not disputed or contingent; provided, however, that to the extent an Equity Interest is a Disputed Equity Interest, the determination of whether such Equity Interest will be Allowed and/or the amount of any such Equity Interest will be determined, resolved, or adjudicated, as the case may be, in the manner in which such Equity Interest would have been determined, resolved, or adjudicated if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced; provided, further, that the Reorganized Debtors may, in their discretion, bring an objection or other motion before the Bankruptcy Court with respect to resolution of a Disputed Equity Interest. Unless otherwise specified herein or by order of the Bankruptcy Court, an Allowed Administrative Claim or Allowed Claim shall not, for any purpose under the Plan, include interest on such Administrative Claim or Claim from and after the Commencement Date.

“Bankruptcy Code” means The Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as codified in title 11 of the United States Code, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

“Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of [ ], or any other court with jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.

“Bankruptcy Rules” means collectively, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the Official Bankruptcy Forms, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases or proceedings therein, and the local rules of the Bankruptcy Court, all as now in effect or hereafter amended.

“Business Day” means any day, excluding Saturdays, Sundays or “legal holidays” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)), on which commercial banks are open for business in Houston, Texas.

“Causes of Action” means all actions, causes of action, liabilities, obligations, rights, suits, damages, judgments, remedies, demands, setoffs, defenses, recoupments, crossclaims, counterclaims, third-party claims, indemnity claims, contribution claims or any other claims or causes of action whatsoever, whether known or unknown, matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or unforeseen, direct or indirect, choate or inchoate, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, based in

whole or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring prior to the Commencement Date or during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases, including through the Effective Date.

“CEO” means the chief executive officer of Dune or the Reorganized Dune, as applicable.

“Certificate” means any certificate, instrument, or other document evidencing an Existing Security.

“Chapter 11 Cases” means the jointly administered chapter 11 cases of the Debtors.

“Claim” means a claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against a Debtor.

“Claim Objection Deadline” means the first Business Day that is the latest of (i) as to a particular Claim, 180 days after the filing of a proof of claim, or request for payment of, such Claim; or (ii) such other date as may be established by the Bankruptcy Court.

“Class” means one of the classes of Claims or Equity Interests described in the Plan.

“Commencement Date” means [ ], the date on which the Debtors filed their voluntary petitions for relief commencing the Chapter 11 Cases.

“Committee” means any official committee of creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, as such committee may be reconstituted from time to time.

“Confirmation” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases, in accordance with section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to all conditions specified in Article 9.02 hereof having been (a) satisfied or (b) waived pursuant to Article 9.04 hereof.

“Confirmation Date” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

“Confirmation Hearing” means the Bankruptcy Court’s hearing on Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as it may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

“Confirmation Order” means the Bankruptcy Court’s order confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Consenting Note Holders” means those Holders of Senior Secured Notes, or their permitted successors and assigns, that have executed the Consenting Note Holder Plan Support Agreement or joinders thereto.

“Consenting Note Holder Plan Support Agreement” means the Restructuring Support and Lock-up Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2011, among Dune and the Consenting Note Holders.

“Consenting Preferred Stock Holders” means those Holders of Preferred Stock, or their permitted successors and assigns, that have executed the Consenting Preferred Stock Holder Plan Support Agreement or joinders thereto.

“Consenting Preferred Stock Holder Plan Support Agreement” means the Restructuring Support and Lock-up Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2011, among Dune and the Consenting Preferred Stock Holders.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, dated as of December 7, 2010, among Dune and Dune Properties, Inc., as borrowers, Dune Operating Company, as guarantor, Wayzata Opportunities Fund II, L.P., as sole lender, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as administrative agent, and all related guaranty, security, and other documents executed in connection therewith.

“Credit Agreement Claim” means a Claim on account of, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement and any other Claims that pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement rank pari passu with and are secured equally and ratably with such Claims.

“Cure” means the payment of Cash by a Debtor, or the Distribution of other property (as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to cure a default by a Debtor under an executory contract or unexpired lease of a Debtor and to permit a Debtor to assume such contract or lease under section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Debtor” means each of Dune and the Dune Debtor Subsidiaries on and after the Commencement Date, and “Debtors” means all of them collectively, and when the context so requires, in their capacity as debtors and debtors in possession under sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“DIP Facility” means any postpetition debtor-in-possession credit facility, if applicable, provided to the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to the DIP Facility Agreement.

“DIP Facility Agreement” means the credit agreement and related security agreements, mortgages and similar documents governing the DIP Facility by and between the Debtors and the DIP Lender in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the DIP Lender and the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

“DIP Facility Claims” means a Claim arising under or as a result of the DIP Facility.

“Disallowed Claim” means any Claim against any Debtor that has not been Allowed, in whole or in part, by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or that has been withdrawn, in whole or in part, by the Holder thereof.

“Disallowed Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest in any Debtor that has not been Allowed, in whole or in part, by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or that has been withdrawn, in whole or in part, by the Holder thereof.

“Disbursing Agent” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any party designated by the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole discretion, and approved by the Bankruptcy Court if other than a Reorganized Debtor, to serve as a disbursing agent under the Plan to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.

“Disclosure Statement” means the written disclosure statement that relates to the Plan, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, embodied in the Offering Memorandum and that is prepared and distributed in accordance with sections 1125 and/or 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018.

“Disputed” means, with respect to any Claim or Equity Interest, any Claim or Equity Interest to which the Debtors or any other party in interest has interposed a timely objection or request for estimation in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules or that is otherwise disputed by the Debtors in accordance with applicable law, which objection, request for estimation, or dispute has not been settled, waived, withdrawn, or determined by a Final Order. A Claim that is Disputed by the Debtors as to its amount only shall be deemed Allowed in the amount the Debtors admit owing, if any, and Disputed as to the excess.

“Distribution” means any distribution made under the Plan to the Holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests.

“Distribution Date” means the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) or, if not the Effective Date, such date occurring as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, on which the Disbursing Agent first makes Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests, if any, as provided in the Plan.

“Dune Common Stock” means, without duplication, (i) Dune’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date, (ii) the Dune Existing Restricted Common Stock and (iii) the Dune Existing Option Shares.

“Dune Debtor Subsidiaries” means Dune Properties, Inc., a Texas corporation and Dune Operating Company, a Texas corporation.

“Dune Existing Option Shares” means shares of Dune common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (i) issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Date as a result of the exercise of options to purchase Dune Common Stock prior to the Effective Date.

“Dune Existing Restricted Common Stock” means Dune’s Common Stock that is restricted and issued pursuant to Dune’s existing long-term incentive plans and related agreements.

“Dune Other Equity Interests” means collectively, (a) all incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and stock appreciation rights granted under any Debtor-sponsored stock option plans, (b) any other options, warrants, or rights, contractual or otherwise, if any, to acquire or receive an Equity Interest existing immediately before the Effective Date, and (c) all Dune common stock issued and held in treasury as of immediately before the Effective Date.

“Dune Preferred Stock” means the 10% Senior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued under the Certificate of Designation of 10% Senior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock of Dune Energy, Inc., Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dune Energy, Inc. and the resolution of the board of directors of the Company adopted on May 1, 2007.

“Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests” means all of the authorized, issued and outstanding equity securities and the partnership and member interests of the Dune Debtors Subsidiaries.

“Dune Subsidiary Guarantees” means the guarantees of the Dune Debtor Subsidiaries of Dune’s obligations under (a) the Credit Agreement and (b) the Senior Notes Indenture.

“Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which the (a) conditions to the Plan’s consummation set forth in Article 9.02 hereof have been satisfied or waived and (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect.

“Eligible Claims” means the Senior Note Claims, the Holders of which are entitled to vote under Article 8.01 of the Plan to accept or reject the Plan.

“Eligible Equity Interests” means the Dune Preferred Stock Interests, the Holders of which are entitled to vote under Article 8.01 of the Plan to accept or reject the Plan.

“Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Equity Interests” means the Dune Common Stock Interests, Dune Other Equity Interests, Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests, any litigation claims arising from Equity Interests and the Dune Preferred Stock.

“Estate” means the estate of any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, and “Estates” means, collectively, the estates of all of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, as created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Exculpated Party” means each of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Affiliates and the Released Parties.

“Existing Securities” means all Equity Interests and all Senior Secured Notes.

“Exit Facility Agent” means the administrative agent for the Exit Facility Lenders.

“Exit Facility Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement with respect to the Exit Facility.

“Exit Facility Credit Documents” means the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and related guaranty, security, and other documents in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Exit Facility Lenders, the Exit Facility Agent and the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

“Exit Facility” means that certain credit facility to be entered into by Reorganized Dune and certain of the Reorganized Subsidiaries on the Effective Date to fund ongoing operating expenses and obligations under the Plan in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Exit Facility Lenders, the Exit Facility Agent and the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

“Exit Facility Lenders” means the lenders under the Exit Facility Credit Documents.

“Face Amount” means when used in reference to (a) a Disputed Claim, the full stated amount claimed by the Holder thereof in any proof of Claim timely filed with the Bankruptcy Court, (b) an Allowed Claim, the Allowed amount thereof, and (c) an Equity Interest, the number of shares evidencing such Equity Interests.

rehearing that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought; provided, however, that the possibility that a motion under section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, Rule 59 or 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule (whether federal or state) may be but has not then been filed with respect to such order shall not cause such order not to be a Final Order.

“Holder” and, collectively, “Holders,” means a Person or Entity legally or beneficially, as applicable, holding a Claim or Equity Interest.

“Impaired” means, when used with reference to a Claim or Equity Interest, a Claim or Equity Interest that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Impaired Class” means each of Classes 3, 6, 7 and 8, as set forth in Article III of the Plan.

“Lien” means any lien, lease, right of first refusal, servitude, claim, pledge, option, charge, hypothecation, easement, security interest, right-of-way, encroachment, mortgage, deed of trust, and/or any other encumbrance, restriction or limitation whatsoever.

“Majority Consenting Note Holders” means, as of any date of determination, Consenting Note Holders who hold more than fifty percent (50%) in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes held by all of the Consenting Note Holders.

“Management Incentive Plan” means the management incentive plan to be adopted by Reorganized Dune pursuant to which Restricted New Dune Common Stock and the New Dune Options may be issued as determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Dune, which will be in substantially the form to be contained in the Plan Supplement.

“Management Stock” means Restricted New Dune Common Stock and the New Dune Options that may be issued by Reorganized Dune to employees, officers and board of directors members in accordance with the Management Incentive Plan.

“New Dune Common Stock” means all of the new common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized by the Plan to be issued by Reorganized Dune on the Effective Date.

“New Dune Options” means the options authorized hereunder which may be issued by Reorganized Dune to purchase New Dune Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of the Management Incentive Plan.

“New Dune Organizational Documents” means such certificates or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or such other applicable formation documents of Reorganized Dune, which form will be included in the Plan Supplement.

“New Notes” means $50 million in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016 that may be issued by Reorganized Dune pursuant to the New Notes Indenture.

“New Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture and related documents providing for the New Notes in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Exit Facility Agent and the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

“New Securities” means, collectively, the New Dune Common Stock, the New Dune Options and the Restricted New Dune Common Stock.

“Note Holder Percentage” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3.03(c).

“Nominee” means a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee holding Eligible Claims or Eligible Equity Interests in its own name on behalf of a beneficial owner, or any agent thereof.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain document entitled “Offering Memorandum, Disclosure Statement and Solicitation of Acceptances of a Prepackaged Plan of Reorganization” dated as of November 14, 2011.

“Other Priority Claim” means a Claim entitled to priority under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a Priority Tax Claim or an Administrative Claim.

“Person” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Plan” or “Plan of Reorganization” means this chapter 11 plan of reorganization, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms hereof.

“Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, all of which may be amended, modified, replaced and/or supplemented from time to time, including New Dune Organizational Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the form of Restricted New Dune Common Stock Agreement, New Notes Indenture, if applicable, the Exit Facility, the list of proposed directors of Reorganized Dune, the schedule of executory contracts and unexpired leases to be rejected by the Debtors and the list of retained Causes of Action to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the date that is ten (10) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing. Any reference to the Plan Supplement in this Plan shall include each of the documents identified above.

“Postpetition Interest” means interest accruing after the Commencement Date on a Claim.

“Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim that is entitled to priority under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Professional” means a professional Person, as that term is used in sections 327 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Professional Fee Claim” means a Professional’s Claim for compensation or reimbursement of costs and expenses relating to services performed on and after the Commencement Date and before and including the Effective Date.

“Pro Rata” means, at any time, the proportion that the Face Amount of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate Face Amount of all Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests (including Disputed Claims or Disputed Equity Interests, but excluding Disallowed Claims or Disallowed Equity Interests) in that particular Class, unless the Plan provides otherwise.

“Record Date for Plan Distribution” means, for purposes of receiving a Distribution under the Plan, the date that is the second Business Day after the Confirmation Date.

“Reinstated” or “Reinstatement” means (a) leaving unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which a Claim or Equity Interest entitles the Holder of such Claim or Equity Interest so as to leave such Claim or Equity Interest Unimpaired; or (b) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles the Holder of a Claim or Equity Interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Equity Interest after the occurrence of a default: (i) curing any such default that occurred before or after the Commencement Date, other than a default of a kind specified in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or of a kind that section 365(b)(2) expressly does not require to be cured; (ii) reinstating the maturity (to the extent such maturity has not otherwise accrued by the passage of time) of such Claim or Equity Interest as such maturity existed before such default; (iii) compensating the Holder of such Claim or Equity Interest for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such Holder on such contractual provision or such applicable law; (iv) if such Claim or Equity Interest arises from a failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation other than a default arising from failure to operate a nonresidential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A), compensating the Holder of such Claim or Equity Interest (other than a Debtor or an insider) for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by such Holder as a result of such failure; and (v) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such Claim or Equity Interest entitles the Holder.

“Released Parties” means (i) each Holder of a Senior Note Claim, including each Consenting Note Holder, in each case, in its capacity as such (ii) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, in its capacity as such (iii) each member of any Committee, including the Ad Hoc Committee, in each case, in their capacity as such, (iv) the DIP Lenders and the Holders of DIP Facility Claims (if any), in each case, in their capacity as such, (v) the Exit Facility Agent and Exit Lenders, in each case, in their capacity as such, and (vi) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in clauses (i) through (v), such person’s current and former affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents and Advisors, in each case in their capacity as such; and (v) the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current officers, directors, employees and Advisors.

“Reorganized Debtor” means each of Reorganized Dune and the Reorganized Subsidiaries, and “Reorganized Debtors” means all of them collectively.

“Reorganized Subsidiaries” means the Dune Debtor Subsidiaries, on and after the Effective Date.

“Restricted New Dune Common Stock” means the restricted shares of New Dune Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized by the Plan to be issued by Reorganized Dune under the Management Incentive Plan as determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Dune.

“Restricted New Dune Common Stock Agreement” means the agreement authorized to be entered into between any grantees of Restricted New Dune Common Stock and Reorganized Dune pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan as determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Dune, in substantially the form filed with the Plan Supplement.

“Restructuring Transactions” means collectively, the transactions and transfers described in Article IV of the Plan.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

“Secured” means when referring to a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the Plan.

“Secured Claim” means a Claim that is secured by a Lien that is valid, perfected and enforceable, and not avoidable, upon property in which a Debtor has an interest, to the extent of the value, as of the Effective Date, of such interest or Lien as determined by a Final Order pursuant to section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code, or as otherwise agreed to in writing by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor and the Holder of such Claim.

“Senior Note Claim” means any Claim against the Debtors arising under the Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture or any ancillary agreement.

“Senior Secured Notes” means the 10¹/2% Senior Secured Notes due 2012 (CUSIP: 265338AC7) issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

“Senior Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated May 15, 2007, and the First Supplement to the Indenture dated December 30, 2008 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee and Collateral Agent.

“Senior Notes Indenture Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent.

“Senior Secured Debt” means all obligations of the Debtors arising under the Credit Agreement.

“Senior Secured Lenders” means the Holders of Claims under the Credit Agreement.

“Solicitation” means the solicitation by the Debtors from Holders of Eligible Claims and Eligible Equity Interests of acceptances of the Plan pursuant to section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“UBS” means UBS Securities LLC, and its successors or assigns, in its capacity as holder of at least 64% of the Dune Preferred Stock and a signatory to the Consenting Preferred Stock Holder Plan Support Agreement.

“Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Claim (or Class of Claims) or Equity Interest (or Class of Equity Interests), a Claim (or Class of Claims) or Equity Interest (or Class of Equity Interests) that is not impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Unimpaired Class” means each of Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, and 9, as set forth in Article III of the Plan.

“Unsecured Claim” means any Claim that is neither Secured nor entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including any Claim arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The solicitation is being conducted at this time to obtain (prior to the filing of any voluntary petition for reorganization of the Filing Entities under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code) the requisite acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization. We anticipate that by conducting the acceptance solicitation in advance of commencing any Chapter 11 Cases, if Chapter 11 Cases were commenced, the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases will be significantly shortened, and the administration of the cases, which otherwise could be lengthy, complex, and extremely expensive, will be greatly simplified and much less costly. The Bankruptcy Code defines “acceptance” of a plan by a class of claims as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of

the claims that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the plan. Acceptance of a plan by a class of interests requires acceptance by at least two-thirds of the amount of interests of such class that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the plan.

If Dune cannot consummate the Offer but Dune receives the requisite votes for acceptance of the Plan of Reorganization, the Filing Entities may file voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. At that time, all actions and proceedings against the Filing Entities and all acts to obtain property from the Filing Entities will be stayed under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Filing Entities will continue to operate their businesses and manage their property as debtors in possession pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Filing Entities do not expect the Chapter 11 Cases to be protracted. To expedite their emergence from Chapter 11, the Filing Entities on the Petition Date, in addition to filing this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and the Plan of Reorganization, would file motions, and consult in good faith with counsel to the Ad Hoc Committee regarding the form and substance of any such proposed motion, seeking the relief detailed below, among other relief, from the Bankruptcy Court. Such relief, if granted, will facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases; there can be no assurance, however, that the Bankruptcy Court will grant the relief sought.

The Filing Entities intend to seek retention of certain professionals to represent it and assist it in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases. These professionals were intimately involved with the negotiation and development of the restructuring transactions and the Plan of Reorganization. These professionals include, among others, Andrews Kurth LLP , as bankruptcy counsel for the Filing Entities.

The Filing Entities intend to seek an order scheduling a combined hearing on this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization (the “Confirmation Hearing”) for a date not more than 45 days following the Petition Date. At the Confirmation Hearing, the Filing Entities will seek approval of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization pursuant to sections 1125, 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. At that time, the Filing Entities will also request that the Bankruptcy Court approve the prepetition solicitation of votes on the Plan of Reorganization. There can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will approve the Filing Entities’ request to schedule the Confirmation Hearing within 45 days of the Petition Date.

Because the Filing Entities expect the Chapter 11 Cases to be pending for less than two (2) months, and because of the administrative hardship that any operating changes would impose, the Filing Entities intend to seek authority to continue using their existing cash management system, bank accounts and business forms and to follow their internal investment and deposit guidelines. Absent the Bankruptcy Court’s authorization of the continued use of the cash management system, the Filing Entities’ cash flow could be impaired to the detriment of the Filing Entities’ Estate and creditors.

Continued use of their existing cash management system will facilitate the Filing Entities’ smooth and orderly transition into the Chapter 11 Cases, minimize the disruption of its businesses while in Chapter 11, and expedite their emergence from Chapter 11. As a result of set-up time and expenses, requiring the Filing Entities to adopt and implement a new cash management system would likely increase the costs of the Chapter 11 Cases. For the same reasons, requiring the Filing Entities to close their existing bank accounts and establish new accounts or requiring them to create new business forms would only frustrate their efforts to reorganize expeditiously.

Motion For Authority To Pay Prepetition Employee Wages And Associated Benefits

The Filing Entities believe that they have a valuable asset in their work force and that any delay in paying prepetition compensation or benefits to their employees would destroy their relationships with employees and irreparably harm employee morale at a time when the continued dedication, confidence and cooperation of their employees is most critical. The Filing Entities are grateful to their employees for their help, without which a

restructuring would not be possible. Accordingly, the Filing Entities will seek authority to pay compensation and benefits in the Chapter 11 Cases which were accrued but unpaid as of the Petition Date.

If the Filing Entities file for Chapter 11, the Filing Entities may need to obtain short-term working capital financing in the form of the DIP Facility. While the Filing Entities do not, as of the date hereof, have a commitment for such financing, they would expect to obtain such a commitment if it appears that such financing would be needed and the restructuring transactions will not be consummated outside bankruptcy. The amount of any such DIP Financing is not presently determinable, but prompt Bankruptcy Court approval of the DIP Facility may be necessary to enable the Filing Entities to address their funding and other commitments and to otherwise maintain normal operations and strong relationships with their vendors, customers, and suppliers during the Chapter 11 Cases. Absent an agreement with the DIP Lenders, the DIP Facility would need to be paid off upon the Filing Entities’ emergence from Chapter 11.

“Trade Claims” are prepetition general unsecured claims against the Filing Entities arising from or with respect to the delivery of goods or services to the Filing Entities in the ordinary course of business; they are among the claims included in the class of Claims denominated Class 5 General Unsecured Claims. Notwithstanding provisions of the Bankruptcy Code that would otherwise require the Filing Entities to defer payment of Trade Claims until the Effective Date, the Filing Entities intend to seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to pay, in the ordinary course of business, the Trade Claims of those providers of goods and services that agree in writing to continue to provide the Filing Entities with customary trade terms on an ongoing basis. Because certain goods and services are essential to the businesses of the Filing Entities’ non-debtor affiliates, the relief sought in this motion is critical to uninterrupted operations during the Chapter 11 Cases.

Bankruptcy Code section 521 and Bankruptcy Rule 1007 direct that, unless otherwise ordered by the court, a debtor must prepare and file certain schedules of claims, executory contracts and unexpired leases and related information (the “Schedules”) and a statement of financial affairs (the “Statement”) within fourteen (14) days of the commencement of a Chapter 11 case. The purpose of this requirement is to provide a debtor’s creditors, equity security holders and other interested parties with sufficient information to make informed decisions with respect to the debtor’s reorganization. In appropriate circumstances, however, a bankruptcy court may modify or dispense with the filing of the Schedules and the Statement pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Filing Entities believe that such circumstances would exist in the Chapter 11 Cases, and that they should not be required to file the Schedules and the Statement. The Filing Entities thus intend to request that the Bankruptcy Court extend the deadline to file Schedules and Statements and waive the necessity of filing the Schedules and the Statement if the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed prior to the expiration of the extended deadline to file Schedules and Statements.

If the Filing Entities file for Chapter 11, the Filing Entities may seek authority to use cash collateral, including the cash collateral of its senior secured lender, Wayzata Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (“Wayzata”), to fund its operations during the bankruptcy proceeding. Pursuant section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Filing Entities may use cash collateral upon satisfying certain requirements, including providing adequate protection to any party with a lien in such cash collateral. While the Filing Entities do not, as of the date hereof, have an agreement for the use of cash collateral with Wayzata, they would expect to negotiate in good faith with Wayzata and reach an agreement for the use of cash collateral prior to filing.

If the Filing Entities file for Chapter 11, the Filing Entities will seek authority to jointly administer their bankruptcy cases. Joint administration will be for procedural and administrative purposes only, and will not effect a substantive consolidation of the Filing Entities. By jointly administering the cases, all motions and pleadings will be filed in one, consolidated case, allowing the Filings Entities to conduct joint hearings and proceed on one schedule. Joint administration will ease the administrative burden for the Court and the parties in interest and will obviate the

need for duplicative notices, motions, applications, and orders, thereby saving considerable time and expenses for the Filing Entities.

Motion to Pay in the Ordinary Course (I) All Undisputed Prepetition Royalties, Joint Interest Billings, and Other Obligations

Owing Under the Debtors Oil and Gas Leases; and (II) Undisputed Claims that Give Rise to Statutory Liens

If the Filing Entities file for Chapter 11, the Filing Entities will seek authority to pay prepetition royalties, joint interest billings, and other obligations owed under the Debtors’ oil and gas leases and pay claims that could give rise to statutory liens under applicable state law. Nonpayment of these obligations could give rise to liens against the Filings Entities properties and, in some case, could allow for the termination of oil and gas leases or contracts and agreements related to such leases. Payment of these obligations will prevent the Filing Entities from subjecting their assets to unnecessary risk and will preserve the value of the Filing Entities’ assets.

If the Filing Entities file for Chapter 11, the Filing Entities will file a motion to provide adequate assurance of payment to certain utility providers and prohibit such utility providers from disconnecting services. Section 366 of the Bankruptcy Code authorizes utility providers to alter or discontinue service if such providers do not receive “adequate assurance of payment” within 20 days after filing of the bankruptcy. The motion will apply to traditional utility services such as telephone and communication services, electricity, water, sewer, gas, and other similar services that are necessary for the continued operations of the Filing Entities’ day-to-day businesses. The Filing Entities will propose to provide security deposits to utility providers requesting adequate assurance and will propose a procedure for utility providers to request additional forms of adequate assurance if such providers do not believe the deposit is sufficient.

Assuming that the Bankruptcy Court approves the Filing Entities’ Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and confirms the Plan of Reorganization, on the schedule requested by the Filing Entities, the Filing Entities would seek to emerge from Chapter 11 within approximately two (2) months of the Petition Date. There can be no assurance, however, that the Bankruptcy Court’s orders will permit the Chapter 11 Cases to proceed as expeditiously as anticipated.

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor is authorized to reorganize its business for the benefit of itself, its creditors and interest holders. Another goal of Chapter 11 is to promote equality of treatment for similarly situated creditors and similarly situated interest holders with respect to the distribution of a debtor’s assets.

The commencement of a Chapter 11 case creates an estate that is comprised of all of the legal and equitable interests of the debtor as of the filing date. The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

The consummation of a plan of reorganization is the principal objective of a Chapter 11 case. A plan of reorganization sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in a debtor. Confirmation of a plan of reorganization by the Bankruptcy Court makes the plan binding upon the debtor, any issuer of securities under the plan, any person or entity acquiring property under the plan and any creditor of or equity security holder in the debtor, whether or not such creditor or equity security holder (i) is impaired under or has accepted the plan or (ii) receives or retains any property under the plan. Subject to certain limited exceptions and other than as provided in the plan itself or the confirmation order, the confirmation order discharges the debtor from any debt that arose prior to the date of confirmation of the plan and substitutes therefore the obligations specified under the confirmed plan, and terminates all rights and interests of equity security holders.

Please note that the estimated recoveries for Class 3, 6 and 7 do not necessarily reflect the market value of the Senior Note Claims, Dune Preferred Stock and Dune Common Stock.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS SECTION PROVIDES A SUMMARY OF THE STRUCTURE AND MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, AND OF THE CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS UNDER THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (AS WELL AS THE EXHIBITS THERETO AND DEFINITIONS THEREIN), WHICH IS ANNEXED TO THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS APPENDIX C.

THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT INCLUDE SUMMARIES OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND IN DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO THEREIN. THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DO NOT PURPORT TO BE PRECISE OR COMPLETE STATEMENTS OF ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OR DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO THEREIN, AND REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND TO SUCH DOCUMENTS FOR THE FULL AND COMPLETE STATEMENTS OF SUCH TERMS AND PROVISIONS.

THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ITSELF AND THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO THEREIN CONTROL THE ACTUAL TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND EQUITY INTERESTS IN THE FILING ENTITIES UNDER THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND WILL, UPON OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, BE BINDING UPON ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND EQUITY INTERESTS IN THE FILING ENTITIES, THE ESTATE, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, ALL PARTIES RECEIVING PROPERTY UNDER THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, AND OTHER PARTIES IN INTEREST. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENT, ON THE OTHER HAND, THE TERMS OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OR SUCH OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENT WILL CONTROL.

The Plan of Reorganization described herein provides for the restructuring of the Filing Entities’ liabilities in a manner designed to maximize recoveries to holders of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities.

The Plan of Reorganization provides for, among other things, the exchange for the transfer and assignment of the Senior Secured Notes held by each holder of Allowed Senior Notes Claims pursuant to which Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims would receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of and in exchange for such Allowed Senior Note Claims, their Pro Rata share of (i) Cash or New Notes in the amount of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000.00) and (ii) ninety seven and one quarter percent (97.25%) of the New Dune Common Stock (the “Noteholder Percentage”), subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock. If UBS votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization but the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, the Noteholder Percentage would increase to ninety eight and one half percent (98.5%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock. If UBS does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization and the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, the Noteholder Percentage would increase to one hundred percent (100%), subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock. If a sufficient Exit Facility loan commitment amount is received, such loan proceeds may be used to pay $50 million in Cash to the Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Note Claims as provided for in the Plan of Reorganization. In the event that a sufficient Exit Facility loan commitment amount is not received, the Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Note Claims would receive their Pro Rata share of New Notes in the amount of $50 million.

Holders of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests would receive, in full satisfaction and exchange for such Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests, their Pro Rata share of (i) Cash in the amount of four million dollars ($4,000,000.00) and (ii) one and one half percent (1.5%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock, provided that either (i) the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization or (ii) UBS votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization but the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization.

All existing Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests would be cancelled, and Holders of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests would receive their Pro Rata share of one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock, provided that the Class of Allowed

Dune Preferred Stock Interests votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization. If the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, Holders of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interest would receive nothing under the Plan of Reorganization and the Dune Common Stock Interests would be cancelled.

Holders of Allowed Priority Claims, Credit Agreement Claims, Secured Claims, and Unsecured Claims would be unimpaired and either reinstated or paid in full in Cash, as provided for in the Plan of Reorganization.

The Dune Subsidiary Guarantees of the Senior Secured Note Claims would be terminated and forever discharged as of the Effective Date.

The Filing Entities believe that (i) through the Plan of Reorganization, holders of Allowed Claims and holders of Dune Preferred Stock and Dune Common Stock have the opportunity to obtain a substantially greater recovery from the Estates of the Filing Entities than the recovery they would receive if (a) the Filing Entities filed Chapter 11 petitions without prior approval of the Plan of Reorganization by a majority of their creditors or (b) the Filing Entities filed for Chapter 7 protection, and (ii) the Plan of Reorganization will afford the Filing Entities the opportunity and ability to continue their business as a viable going concern and preserve ongoing employment for the Filing Entities employees.

The Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities created under the Plan of Reorganization, the treatment of those Classes under the Plan of Reorganization and distributions, if any, to be made under the Plan of Reorganization are described below.

Adequate Information; Creditors Entitled to Vote on the Plan of Reorganization

The Plan of Reorganization designates separate classes of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities as follows:

Holders of Class 3, Class 6, Class 7 and Class 8 Claims and Interests would be Impaired under the Plan of Reorganization and only the votes of such Classes 3 and 6 would be solicited. In addition to holders of Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims (which are not classified under the Plan of Reorganization), holders of Class 1, Class 2, Class 4 , Class 5 and Class 9 Claims and Interests are Unimpaired by the Plan of Reorganization, would not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization, and would be deemed to have accepted the Plan of Reorganization. Holders of Class 7 and Class 8 Interests would be Impaired under the Plan of Reorganization, would not receive or retain any property under the Plan of Reorganization and would be deemed to have rejected the Plan of Reorganization. Such Claim and Interest holders would not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization.

Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) prescribes the conditions that must be satisfied to count the ballots solicited with respect to a plan of reorganization prior to the commencement of a Chapter 11 case. Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) requires that (i) the Chapter 11 plan of reorganization must have been disseminated to substantially all impaired creditors and equity security holders in the class(es) entitled to vote, (ii) the time prescribed for voting on the plan of reorganization must

be sufficient and (iii) the solicitation must have been conducted in accordance with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which requires compliance with all applicable non-bankruptcy laws, rules, or regulations or, if there are no such applicable laws, rules or regulations, that the disclosure with respect to the plan of reorganization contains “adequate information” as defined in section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1125(a)(1) defines “adequate information” as information of a kind and in sufficient detail as far as is reasonably practicable in light of the nature and history of a company and the condition of such company’s books and records, as would enable a hypothetical reasonable investor typical of holders of claims or equity interests of the relevant class to make an informed judgment about the plan of reorganization.

We believe that all of the requirements of Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) would be satisfied in the event that we sought confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and the Plan of Reorganization, together with all of the accompanying materials, are being transmitted to holders of Class 3 and Class 6 Claims and Interests. We believe that this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement contains adequate information (within the meaning of section 1125(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code) for all holders of such Claims.

Certain Matters Regarding Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests

Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan of reorganization must classify the claims and interests of a debtor’s creditors and equity interest holders. In accordance with section 1123, the Plan of Reorganization divides Claims and Interests into Classes and sets forth the treatment for each Class (other than Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims which, pursuant to section 1123(a)(1), need not and have not been classified). The Filing Entities are required, under section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, to classify Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities into Classes, each of which contain Claims and Interests that are substantially similar to the other Claims and Interests in such Class. We believe that the Plan of Reorganization has classified all Claims and Interests in compliance with the provisions of section 1122, but if Chapter 11 Cases were to be commenced, it is possible that a holder of a Claim or Interest may challenge our classification of Claims and Interests and that the Bankruptcy Court may find that a different classification is required for the Plan of Reorganization to be confirmed. In that event, we would intend, to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan of Reorganization and the Bankruptcy Court, to make such reasonable modifications of the classifications through the Plan of Reorganization to permit confirmation and to use the acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization that are marked on the Ballots received in this Solicitation Package for purpose of obtaining the approval of the reconstituted Class or Classes of which each accepting holder ultimately would be deemed to be a member. Any such reclassification could adversely affect the Class in which such holder initially was a member, or any other Class in the Plan of Reorganization, by changing the composition of such Class and the vote required of that Class for approval of the Plan of Reorganization. Furthermore, a reclassification of a Claim or Interest after approval of the Plan of Reorganization could necessitate a resolicitation of acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization.

The classification of Claims and Interests and the nature of distributions to members of each Class are summarized below. We believe that the consideration, if any, that would be provided through the Plan of Reorganization to holders of Claims and Interests would reflect an appropriate resolution of their Claims and Interests, and would take into account the differing nature and priority (including applicable contractual subordination) of such Claims and Interests. The Bankruptcy Court would be required to find, however, that a number of statutory tests are met before it could confirm the Plan of Reorganization. Many of these tests are designed to protect the interests of holders of Claims or Interests who would not be entitled to vote on the Plan of Reorganization, or would not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, but who would be bound by the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization if it were confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The “cramdown” provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for example, permit confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization in certain circumstances even if the Plan of Reorganization is not been accepted by all Impaired Classes of Claims and Interests. Although we believe that the Plan of Reorganization could be confirmed under section 1129(b), there can be no assurance that the requirements of such section would be satisfied.

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims are not classified and holders of such Claims are not entitled to vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

Except to the extent that any Entity entitled to payment of any Allowed Administrative Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive Cash equal to the unpaid portion of its Allowed Administrative Claim, on the latest of (a) the Distribution Date, (b) the date on which its Administrative Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Claim, or (c) the date on which its Administrative Claim becomes payable under any agreement relating thereto, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Allowed Administrative Claim based on a liability incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases, including but not limited to the reasonable fees and expenses incurred after the Commencement Date by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, shall be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors as Administrative Claims in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses, in accordance with the terms and conditions of any agreement relating thereto or upon such other terms as may be agreed upon between the Holder of such Claim and the Debtors, without application by or on behalf of any such parties to the Bankruptcy Court, and without notice and a hearing, unless specifically required by the Bankruptcy Court.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and subject to the terms of the DIP Facility, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for release of all DIP Facility Claims (if any), on the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Claims shall be paid in full and in Cash.

Except to the extent that a Holder of a Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the later of (a) the Distribution Date or (b) the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive in full satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, (x) Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim or (y) such other treatment as to which the Reorganized Debtors and such Holder shall have agreed upon in writing.

The Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will not be entitled to receive any payment on account of any penalty arising with respect to or in connection with the Allowed Priority Tax Claim. Any such Claim or demand for any such penalty will be subject to treatment in Class 5.

Impaired Class 3 shall have accepted the Plan of Reorganization if (i) the holders of at least two-thirds in amount of the Allowed Senior Note Claims actually voting in such class have voted to accept the Plan of Reorganization and (ii) the holders of more than one-half in number of the Allowed Senior Note Claims actually voting in such class have voted to accept the Plan of Reorganization, in each case not counting the vote of any holder designated under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Impaired Class 6 shall have accepted the Plan of Reorganization if the holders of at least two-thirds in amount of the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests actually voting in such class have voted to accept the Plan of Reorganization, in each case not counting the vote of any holder designated under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Filing Entities will request confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Filing Entities reserve the right to modify the Plan of Reorganization to the extent, if any, that confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification.

Any Class that does not contain any Allowed Claims or any Claims temporarily allowed for voting purposes under Bankruptcy Rule 3018, as of the date of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, shall be deemed to have been deleted from the Plan of Reorganization for purposes of (a) voting to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization and (b) determining whether it has accepted or rejected the Plan of Reorganization under section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, each of the holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 1 through 9 will receive the treatment described below.

a. Claims in Class: Priority Claims are Claims that are accorded priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than Allowed Administrative Claims and Allowed Priority Tax Claims).

b. Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of a Priority Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an unpaid Allowed Priority Claim against the Debtors shall receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Allowed Priority Claim, Cash equal to the full amount of its Allowed Priority Claim by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable in the ordinary course of business.

b. Treatment: Unless otherwise agreed to by the Holders of any Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Note Holders, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of any Allowed Credit Agreement Claim shall receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of such Allowed Credit Agreement Claim Cash in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Holder’s remaining Allowed Credit Agreement Claim from the proceeds of the Exit Facility and interest on such claim accruing from and after the Commencement Date at the non-default contract rate. All Dune Subsidiary Guarantees shall be terminated upon satisfaction of the Allowed Credit Agreement Claims.

a. Claims in Class: Class 3 consists of all Allowed Senior Note Claims. On the Effective Date, the Senior Secured Note Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the aggregate amount of $300 million of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest through the Commencement Date.

b. Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims shall receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of and in exchange for such Allowed Senior Note Claims, their Pro Rata share of (i) Cash or New Notes in the amount of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000.00) and (ii) ninety seven and one quarter percent (97.25%) of the New Dune Common Stock (the “Note Holder Percentage”), subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock. If UBS votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization but the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, the Note Holder Percentage shall increase to ninety eight and one half percent (98.5%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock. If UBS does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization and the Class of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, the Note Holder Percentage shall increase to one hundred percent (100%), subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock.

The Dune Subsidiary Guarantees of the Senior Secured Note Claims shall be terminated and forever discharged as of the Effective Date.

a. Claims in Class: Class 4 consists of all Allowed Secured Claims other than Claims in Classes 2 and 3.

b. Treatment: Except to the extent a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the latest of (x) the Effective Date, (y) the date on which a Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, and (z) such other date as may be ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, or, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable

thereafter, each Allowed Secured Claim shall be, at the election of the Debtors: (i) Reinstated, (ii) paid in Cash, in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of such Allowed Secured Claim, (iii) satisfied by the Debtors’ surrender of the collateral securing such Allowed Secured Claim, or (iv) offset against, and to the extent of, the Debtors’ claims against the Holder of such Allowed Secured Claim.

b. Treatment: Except to the extent that any Entity entitled to payment of any Allowed Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Unsecured Claim shall, at the election of the Debtors, on the Effective Date or as promptly as possible thereafter: (x) receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of such Allowed Unsecured Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid amount of such Allowed Unsecured Claim or (y) have such Claim Reinstated, which shall include payment in the ordinary course and in accordance with the course of practice between the Debtors and such Holder with respect to such Unsecured Claim. If Claims are disputed in part, the undisputed portion will be treated as provided above and the Debtors will attempt to resolve the undisputed portion as promptly as possible. The Debtors reserve the right to challenge the legal basis and amount of any Unsecured Claim.

a. Equity Interests in Class: Class 6 consists of all Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests.

b. Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Holders of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests shall receive, in full satisfaction and exchange for such Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests, their Pro Rata share of (i) Cash in the amount of four million dollars ($4,000,000.00) and (ii) one and one half percent (1.5%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock, provided that either (i) the Class of Dune Preferred Stock Interests votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization or (ii) UBS votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization but the Class of Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization.

a. Equity Interests in Class: Class 7 consists of all Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests.

b. Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, all existing Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests will be cancelled, and Holders of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests shall receive their Pro Rata share of one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of the New Dune Common Stock, subject to dilution of ownership percentage from the Management Stock, provided that the Class of Dune Preferred Stock Interests votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization. If the Class of Dune Preferred Stock Interests does not vote to accept the Plan of Reorganization, Holders of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interest shall receive nothing under the Plan of Reorganization.

a. Equity Interests in Class: Class 8 consists of all Dune Other Equity Interests.

b. Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Dune Other Equity Interests shall be cancelled, and the Holders of Dune Other Equity Interests shall not receive or retain any property or interest in property on account of their Dune Other Equity Interests.

a. Equity Interests in Class: Class 9 consists of all Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests.

b. Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests shall be Reinstated and shall vest in Reorganized Dune, or the respective Reorganized Debtor, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan of Reorganization to the contrary, the Filing Entities and/or the Reorganized Debtors, shall only make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Interests. No holder of a

Disputed Claim or Interest will receive any distribution on account thereof until and to the extent that its Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

In accordance with section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, the amount of all prepetition Unsecured Claims against the Debtors shall be calculated as of the Commencement Date. Except as otherwise explicitly provided in this Plan, in section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or by Final Order, no Holder of a prepetition Claim shall be entitled to or receive interest or fees relating to such Claim.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as separate Entities in accordance with the applicable law in the applicable jurisdiction in which they were formed under their respective certificates of incorporation or formation, as applicable, and bylaws or similar organizational documents, as applicable, in effect before the Effective Date except as their certificates of incorporation or formation and bylaws or similar organizational documents may be amended pursuant to this Plan. On the Effective Date, without any further corporate or similar action, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Reorganized Dune shall be amended as necessary to satisfy the provisions of this Plan and the Bankruptcy Code and shall include, pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity securities. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Reorganized Dune shall be substantially in the form filed with the Plan Supplement. The appointment of the New Board pursuant to this Plan as of the Effective Date being deemed to constitute the election of directors of Reorganized Dune by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting pursuant to Section 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The certificate of incorporation or formation and bylaws or other organizational documents of each Reorganized Subsidiary shall be the certificate of incorporation or formation and bylaws, respectively, of each Reorganized Subsidiary on the Effective Date without any modification or amendment thereto.

On the Effective Date, and pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Plan Supplement documents, the applicable Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Restructuring Transactions contemplated in this Article IV, and shall take any actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring of their respective businesses or the overall organizational structure of the Reorganized Debtors. The Restructuring Transactions may include one or more mergers, consolidations, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers or liquidations as may be determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to be necessary or appropriate. The actions to effect the Restructuring Transactions may include: (a) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable state law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (c) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation or reincorporation, limited partnership, or formation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; and (d) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be reasonably necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable state law in connection with the Restructuring Transactions. The chairman of the board of directors, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief restructuring officer, any executive vice president or senior vice president, or any other appropriate officer, manager or managing partner of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as appropriate, shall be authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents, and take such other actions, as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate, to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan. The secretary or assistant secretary of the appropriate Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as appropriate, shall be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions.

As of the Effective Date, the Certificates evidencing the Existing Securities shall evidence solely the right to receive from the Debtors the Distribution of the consideration, if any, set forth in Article 3.03. On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided for herein (a) the Existing Securities (other than the Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests), the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes Indenture and any other Certificate, Security, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, certificates of designations or other instrument or documents directly or indirectly evidencing or creating and indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Equity Interest (except such Certificates, notes or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan), to the extent not already cancelled, shall be deemed cancelled and of no further force or effect, solely as to the Debtors and their Affiliates, without any further action on the part of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Person and (b) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant to the Existing Securities (other than the Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests), the Dune Subsidiary Guarantees under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture, the Debtors’ certificates of incorporation or formation, any agreements, indentures, or certificates of designations governing the Existing Securities (other than the Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests) or any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, by-laws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, Certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors (except such agreements, Certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be terminated, released and discharged; provided, however, that each indenture or other agreement that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim based on the Existing Securities and that is administered by an indenture trustee, agent, or servicer shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of (x) allowing such indenture trustee, agent, or servicer to make the Distributions to be made on account of such Claims hereunder and (y) permitting such indenture trustee, agent, or servicer to maintain any rights it may have for fees, costs, expenses, and indemnification under such indenture or other agreement. Additionally, the cancellation of any indenture shall not impair the rights and duties under such indenture as between the indenture trustee thereunder and the beneficiaries of the trust created thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the Effective Date, all Dune Other Equity Interests, to the extent not already cancelled, shall be cancelled. The Dune Other Equity Interests will include all options to purchase Dune Common Stock that, immediately prior to the Effective Date, are issued and outstanding but have not been exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable Dune long-term incentive plans and related agreements pursuant to which such options were granted. The Dune Subsidiary Debtor Interests shall not be cancelled, but shall be Reinstated and shall vest in Reorganized Dune or the respective Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, as of the Effective Date.

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) adoption or assumption, as applicable, of the agreements with existing management, amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such agreements, plans, or arrangements, on the one hand, and the Debtors, on the other hand, or, after the Effective Date, by agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Majority Consenting Note Holders; (2) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (3) the distribution of the New Dune Common Stock; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions as set forth herein; (5) adoption and implementation of the Management Equity Plan, as will be set forth in the Plan Supplement; (6) execution of the Exit Facility; (7) issuance of the New Notes, if applicable, and (8) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors, or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan, shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors or officers of the Debtors, or the Reorganized Debtors. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

On the Effective Date, the term of each member of Dune’s current board of directors will automatically expire. Subject to the requirements of section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the initial board of directors of Reorganized Dune on and after the Effective Date will consist of seven (7) directors – six (6) of whom will be designated by the Ad Hoc Committee and the CEO of Dune as the seventh.

A mutually agreed upon number of such six (6) board of director members designated by the Ad Hoc Committee must satisfy NYSE and Institutional Shareholders Services, Inc. (ISS) standards for independence, and at least one (1) member of such six (6) members must qualify as a “financial expert” and be willing to serve as chair of the audit committee of the board of directors. Selection of all members of the board of directors shall be undertaken in consultation with Dune.

The board of directors of Reorganized Dune shall have the responsibility for the oversight of Reorganized Dune on and after the Effective Date. The members of existing Dune management shall maintain their current positions as executive officers of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date. The current officers and directors of the Dune Debtor Subsidiaries shall also serve as the officers and directors of each of the respective Reorganized Subsidiaries on and after the Effective Date.

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will disclose in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial board of directors or be an officer of Reorganized Dune. To the extent any such director or officer of the Reorganized Debtors is an “insider” under the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors also will disclose the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Dune.

The issuance of the New Dune Common Stock, including Management Stock reserved for the Management Equity Plan, by Reorganized Dune is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Equity Interests.

All of the shares of New Dune Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article V hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

On or before the Distribution Date, Reorganized Dune shall issue the New Dune Common Stock for Distribution pursuant to the provisions hereof. All securities to be issued shall be deemed issued as of the Effective Date regardless of the date on which they are actually distributed.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will consummate the Exit Facility. In accordance with the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, the Reorganized Debtors will use proceeds of the Exit Facility to fund ongoing operations and obligations under the Plan. A portion of the proceeds of any Exit Facility shall be used to refinance or repay in full in Cash the Allowed Credit Agreement Claims. If a sufficient Exit Facility loan commitment amount is received, such loan proceeds may be used to pay $50 million in Cash to the Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Note Claims as provided for in this Plan in lieu of the New Notes. In the event that a sufficient Exit Facility loan commitment amount is not received, the Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Note Claims shall receive their Pro Rata share of New Notes in the amount of $50 million.

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Dune will adopt the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan will provide for awards in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock, which in any event will not exceed seven percent (7%) of the New Dune Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, with Management Stock comprising three percent (3%) of such seven percent (7%) being issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan upon the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. Management Stock comprising two percent (2%) of such seven percent (7%) will be issued on or about each of the first and second anniversaries of the Effective Date, respectively. Individual allocations of equity incentive awards issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan shall be proposed by the CEO of Reorganized Dune, and shall be subject to approval by the compensation committee of the board of directors. Grants under the Management Incentive Plan will be tied to performance criteria established by the compensation committee of Reorganized Dune after review of the CEO’s proposed targets, within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date. The initial grant of three percent (3%) on or around the Effective Date shall consist solely of

Restricted New Dune Common Stock, with vesting of all of such Restricted New Dune Common Stock awarded to the CEO subject to performance-based vesting and vesting of awards to each other participant in the Management Incentive Plan subject to fifty percent (50%) time-based and fifty percent (50%) performance-based vesting. All compensation of the CEO of Reorganized Dune, including stock based compensation, shall be recommended by the compensation committee and subject to approval by the board of directors of Reorganized Dune. Further determinations with respect to the Management Incentive Plan and any awards thereunder will be set forth in the Plan Supplement.

The property of each Debtor’s Estate shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date. Thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their businesses and may use, acquire, and dispose of property free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Bankruptcy Court. As of the Effective Date, all property of the Reorganized Debtors shall be free and clear of all Claims, encumbrances, Equity Interests, charges and Liens except as provided or contemplated herein, in connection with the Exit Facility, or in the Confirmation Order. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors may, without application to or approval by the Bankruptcy Court, pay professional fees and expenses incurred after the Effective Date.

Except in respect of any Allowed Credit Agreement Claim or as otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement entered into in connection with this Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, following the Confirmation Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce, sue on, settle, or compromise (or decline to do any of the foregoing) all Causes of Action that any of the Debtors or their Estates may hold against any Person or Entity without further approval of the Bankruptcy Court whether arising before or after the Commencement Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the following will not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, sales or use tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment: (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of New Dune Common Stock and Restricted New Dune Common Stock; (b) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, lien or other security interest under or pursuant to this Plan or the Exit Facility; (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease under or pursuant to this Plan; (d) the execution and delivery of the Exit Facility; (e) any Restructuring Transaction; (f) the release of liens under the Existing Credit Facility; or (g) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of or in connection with this Plan, including any merger agreements,

agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation or dissolution, deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the foregoing or pursuant to this Plan.

Distributions for Claims and Equity Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided herein or as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interests shall receive on the Distribution Date the full amount of the Distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests in the applicable Class. All Cash Distributions shall be made by the Disbursing Agent from available Cash of the Reorganized Debtors. Any Distribution hereunder of property other than Cash (including any issuance of New Dune Common Stock, or Restricted New Dune Common Stock, and the Distribution of such New Dune Common Stock, or Restricted New Dune Common Stock, in exchange for Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests as of the Effective Date) shall be made by the Disbursing Agent, a Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or the transfer agent in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

The Disbursing Agent shall make all Distributions required under the Plan, except with respect to a Holder of a Claim whose Distribution is governed by an indenture or other agreement and is administered by an indenture trustee, agent, or servicer, which Distributions shall be delivered to the Holders of Allowed Claims at the direction of the appropriate indenture trustee, agent or servicer in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and the terms of the relevant indenture or other governing agreement.

If the Disbursing Agent is an independent third party designated by the Reorganized Debtors to serve in such capacity (or, in the case of a Senior Notes Indenture, the applicable Senior Notes Indenture Trustee), such Disbursing Agent or Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall receive, without further Bankruptcy Court approval, reasonable compensation for Distribution services rendered pursuant to this Plan and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services from the Reorganized Debtors on terms reasonably acceptable to the Reorganized Debtors, or, in the case of a Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Senior Notes Indenture (as applicable) or upon such other terms as may be agreed upon between such Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and the applicable Reorganized Debtors. No Disbursing Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. If otherwise so ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors.

On or before the Distribution Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of a Certificate shall surrender such Certificate (i) in the case of Equity Interests, to the Disbursing Agent and (ii) in the case of the Senior Secured Notes, to the applicable Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, or in the event such note(s) are held in the name of, or by a Nominee of, The Depository Trust Company, the Reorganized Debtors shall seek the cooperation of The Depository Trust Company to provide appropriate instructions to the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, and each Certificate shall be cancelled. No Distribution of property hereunder shall be made to or on behalf of any such Holder unless and until such Certificate is received by the Disbursing Agent or the applicable Senior Notes Indenture Trustee or appropriate instructions from The Depository Trust Company shall be received by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, or the unavailability of such Certificate is reasonably established to the satisfaction of the Disbursing Agent or the applicable Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as the case may be. Any such Holder who fails to surrender or cause to be surrendered such Certificate or fails to execute and deliver an affidavit of loss and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent or the applicable Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights and Claims or Equity Interests in respect of such Certificate and shall not participate in any Distribution hereunder, and all New Dune Common Stock in respect of such forfeited Distribution shall be cancelled notwithstanding any federal or escheat laws to the contrary.

In the event that the Debtors make a Distribution on account of the Allowed Senior Note Claims, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee or The Depository Trust Company, as applicable, shall, prior to such Distribution, (x) inform the Disbursing Agent as to the amount of properly surrendered Senior Notes and (y) inform the Disbursing Agent in a properly completed letter of transmittal, accompanied by properly remitted securities, of the names of registered Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims, and the Pro Rata share of the principal amount of the Senior Notes held by each such Holder.

The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee’s services with respect to consummation of this Plan shall be as set forth herein and as authorized by the Senior Notes Indenture, as applicable.

At the close of business on the Record Date for Plan Distributions, the transfer ledgers for the Senior Secured Notes Claims register shall be closed, and there shall be no further changes recognized in the record Holders of such Claims. The Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent, if any, shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of any such Claims occurring after the Record Date for Plan Distributions and shall be entitled instead to recognize and deal for all purposes hereunder with only those record Holders listed on such transfer ledger as of the close of business on the Record Date for Plan Distributions.

Cash payments hereunder shall be in U.S. funds by check, wire transfer, or such other commercially reasonable manner as the payor shall determine in its sole discretion.

No fractional shares of New Dune Common Stock shall be issued or distributed hereunder by Reorganized Dune or any Disbursing Agent, indenture trustee, agent, or servicer. Each Person entitled to receive New Dune Common Stock shall receive the total number of whole shares of New Dune Common Stock to which such Person is entitled. Whenever any Distribution to a particular Person would otherwise call for Distribution of a fraction of a share of New Dune Common Stock, such number of shares to be distributed shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number and such Person shall receive no separate consideration for such fractional shares.

Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests shall be made by the Disbursing Agent or the relevant Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, (a) at the Holder’s last known address, (b) at the address in any written notice of address change delivered to the Disbursing Agent, (c) in the case of the Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim, at the address in the relevant Senior Notes Indenture Trustee’s official records, or (d) at the address set forth in a properly completed letter of transmittal accompanying a Certificate properly remitted in accordance with the terms hereof. If any Holder’s Distribution is returned as undeliverable, no further Distributions to such Holder shall be made, unless and until the Disbursing Agent or the relevant Senior Notes Indenture Trustee or The Depository Trust Company, as the case may be, is notified of such Holder’s then current address, at which time all missed Distributions shall be made to such Holder without interest. Amounts in respect of undeliverable Distributions made through the Disbursing Agent or the relevant Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall be returned to the appropriate Reorganized Debtor or relevant Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, until such Distributions are claimed. All claims for undeliverable Distributions must be made on or before the first anniversary of the Effective Date, after which date, without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (x) all Cash in respect of such forfeited Distribution including interest accrued thereon shall revert to Reorganized Dune and (y) all New Dune Common Stock in respect of such forfeited Distribution shall be cancelled, in each case, notwithstanding any federal or state escheat laws to the contrary.

In connection with this Plan and all Distributions hereunder, the Disbursing Agent shall, to the extent applicable, comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authority, and all Distributions hereunder shall be subject to any such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

Other than in respect of any Allowed Credit Agreement Claim or any Allowed Senior Note Claim, a Reorganized Debtor may, but shall not be required to, set off against any Claim, and the payments or other Distributions to be made pursuant to this Plan in respect of such Claim, claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may have against the Holder of such Claim; provided, however, that neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Reorganized Debtors of any claim that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may have against such Holder. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to expand rights to setoff under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

Except as otherwise provided herein, Holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall not be required to file a Proof of Claim, and no parties should file a Proof of Claim. Instead, the Debtors intend to make distributions, as required by the Plan, in accordance with the books and records of the Debtors in the ordinary course of business of the Reorganized Debtors; provided that the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve all rights to object to any Claim for which a Proof of Claim is filed by the Claims Objection Bar Date.

For the avoidance of doubt, Holders of rejection damages claims must file a proof of claim with respect to such Claims as provided in Article VII of the Plan.

Unless disputed by a Holder of a Claim or otherwise provided herein, the amount set forth in the books and records of the Debtors shall constitute the amount of the Allowed Claim of such Holder. If any such Holder of a Claim disagrees with the Debtors’ books and records with respect to the Allowed amount of such Holder’s claim, such Holder must advise the Debtors in writing, in which event the Claim will become a Disputed Claim. The Debtors intend to attempt to resolve any such disputes consensually or through judicial means outside the Bankruptcy Court. Nevertheless, the Debtors may, in their discretion, file with the Bankruptcy Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction) an objection to the allowance of any Claim or any other appropriate motion or adversary proceeding with respect thereto, and the Debtors reserve the right to compromise, settle, withdraw or litigate to judgment any objections to Claims for which a proof of claim is filed.

The Debtors, or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, subject to the reasonable consent of the Majority Consenting Note Holders, shall have the exclusive authority to file, settle, compromise, withdraw or litigate to judgment any objections to Claims. From and after the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors reserve all rights to resolve any Disputed Claim outside the Bankruptcy Court under applicable governing law.

Any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may, at any time, request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent or unliquidated Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether such Debtor has previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including during the pendency of any appeal related to any such objection. In the event the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount will constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may

elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate payment on such Claim. Each of the aforementioned objection, estimation and resolution procedures are cumulative and are not exclusive of one another.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Claim shall be Allowed unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Bankruptcy Code and under the Plan or unless and until the Bankruptcy Court enters a Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as expressly provided in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases prior to the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date will have and retain any and all rights and defenses held by the Debtors with respect to any Claim as of the Commencement Date.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Disputed Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Disbursing Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Claim the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan on a date determined by the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole discretion, after such a Claim becomes an Allowed Claim and shall be deemed to have been made on the Effective Date, without any interest to be paid on account of such Claim.

Except as otherwise provided herein, or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with this Plan, as of the Effective Date each Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to have assumed each executory contract and unexpired lease to which it is a party, unless such contract or lease (a) was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors, (b) is the subject of a motion to reject filed on or before the Confirmation Date or (c) is set forth in a schedule (approved by the Majority Consenting Note Holders), as an executory contract or unexpired lease to be rejected, filed as part of the Plan Supplement. The Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code approving the contract and lease assumptions or rejections described above, as of the Effective Date. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article VII or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Any monetary amounts by which any executory contract and unexpired lease to be assumed under the Plan is in default shall be satisfied, under section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by the applicable Debtor on or before the Effective Date; provided, however, if there is a dispute regarding (i) the nature or amount of any Cure, (ii) the ability of a Reorganized Debtor or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the contract or lease to be assumed, or (iii) any other matter pertaining to assumption, Cure shall occur following the entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving the dispute and approving the assumption or assumption and assignment, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may settle any dispute regarding the amount of any dispute without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except for those executory contracts and unexpired leases set forth on a schedule to the Plan Supplement, none of the executory contracts and unexpired leases to which the Debtors are a party shall be rejected under the Plan; provided, however, that the Debtors reserve the right, at any time prior to the Confirmation Date, to seek to reject any executory contract or unexpired lease to which any Debtor is a party with the consent of the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

All Claims arising out of the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served upon the appropriate Debtor and its counsel within sixty (60) days after the earlier of (a) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejection or (b) the Confirmation Date. Any such Claims not filed within such times shall be forever barred from assertion against the respective Debtor, its Estate, and its property.

The obligations of any Debtor to indemnify any Released Party serving at any time as one of its directors, officers or employees by reason of such Released Party’s service in such capacity, or as a director, officer or employee of any other Entity, to the extent provided in such Debtor’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, corporate charter, bylaws or similar constitutive documents, or any specific agreement relating to any claims, demands, suits or proceedings against such Released Party based upon any act or omission related to service with or on behalf of any of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date, or under applicable state corporate law (to the maximum extent permitted thereunder), shall be deemed and treated as executory contracts as to which no proofs of Claim need be filed that are assumed by the relevant Reorganized Debtor pursuant hereto and section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. Accordingly, such indemnification obligations shall survive Unimpaired and unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order, irrespective of whether such indemnification is owed for an act or event occurring before or after the Commencement Date, and shall not be discharged.

All directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Debtors are hereby assumed. Entry of the Confirmation Order by the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such assumptions pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Reorganized Debtors shall maintain for a period of not less than six (6) years from the Effective Date coverage for the individuals covered, as of the Commencement Date, under policies on terms not substantially less favorable to such individuals than the terms provided for under the policies assumed pursuant to this Plan. No provision of this Plan shall limit any Released Party’s rights to seek recovery or reimbursement under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy.

The Debtors’ indemnification obligations in favor of their officers and directors contained in the certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Debtors as of the Commencement Date shall be included in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws of the Reorganized Debtors. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, all Claims of the Debtors’ officers and directors for indemnity arising prior to the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be Class 5 General Unsecured Claims hereunder, and all Claims of the Debtors’ officers and directors for indemnity arising on and after the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be Administrative Claims hereunder.

All employment, retirement, indemnification, and other agreements or arrangements in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors’ officers, directors, or employees, who will continue in such capacities or similar capacities after the Effective Date, or retirement income plans and welfare benefit plans for such persons, or variable incentive plans regarding payment of a percentage of annual salary based on performance goals and financial targets for certain employees identified as key leaders, top level managers, or sales leaders shall remain in place after the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such agreements, plans, or arrangements, on the one hand, and the Debtors, on the other hand, or, after the Effective Date, by agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Majority Consenting Note Holders, including to modify the “change of control” definition in such agreements to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and this Plan, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to

honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any equity based compensation or incentive-based plan, agreement, or arrangement existing as of the Commencement Date. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, on and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as that term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall issue for distribution, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization, the New Dune Common Stock required and may issue the New Notes for distribution pursuant to the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization. All securities to be issued shall be deemed issued as of the Effective Date regardless of the date on which they are actually distributed. All stock issued by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization shall be deemed to be duly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The terms of the New Dune Common Stock are summarized in Exhibit A to the Plan of Reorganization.

The (i) offer by the Filing Entities and/or the Reorganized Debtors of the New Dune Common Stock and New Notes issued under the Plan of Reorganization shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and similar state statutes pursuant to applicable securities law and (ii) sale and issuance by the Reorganized Debtors of such New Dune Common Stock and new notes shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and similar state statutes pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may issue for distribution in accordance with the provisions of the Plan the New Notes required for distribution pursuant to the provisions hereof. All new notes to be issued shall be deemed issued as of the Effective Date regardless of the date on which they are actually distributed. The terms of the new notes issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization will be substantially the same as the terms of the new notes issued as part of the Offer.

It shall be a condition to Confirmation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of 9.04 below:

a) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Note Holders;

b) the Plan must be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Note Holders.

c) All documentation related to the Plan and the Plan Supplement must be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the (i) Exit Facility Agent, solely as to provisions which affect, or could be reasonably expected to affect, the Exit Facility Agent’s rights, claims, recoveries, and/or interests, and (ii) Majority Consenting Note Holders.

The following are conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date, each of which must be satisfied or waived in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization:

c) All authorizations, consents, and regulatory approvals required, if any, in connection with the consummation of this Plan shall have been obtained.

d) The Debtors and the Exit Facility Lenders shall have executed and delivered the Exit Facility Credit Documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Note Holders, and the Exit Facility shall have closed.

e) The Debtors shall have executed and delivered all documents necessary to effectuate the issuance of the New Securities and New Notes (if any).

f) All other actions, documents, and agreements necessary to implement this Plan shall have been effected or executed, including documents contained in the Plan Supplement, shall have been effected or executed and delivered, as the case may be, to the required parties and, to the extent required, filed with the applicable Governmental Units in accordance with applicable laws

g) All documents referenced in subsections (e) and (f) of this article, including all documents in the Plan Supplement, shall be reasonably acceptable to the (i) Exit Facility Agent, solely as to provisions which affect, or could be reasonably expected to affect, the Exit Facility Agent’s rights, claims, recoveries, and/or interests, and (ii) Majority Consenting Note Holders.

In the event that one or more of the conditions specified in Article 9.02 hereof shall not have occurred or been waived pursuant to Article 9.04 on or before March 29, 2012, or such later date as may be agreed to by the Debtors and the Majority Consenting Note Holders, (a) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated, (b) no Distributions under the Plan shall be made, (c) the Debtors and Holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall be restored to the status quo as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Order had never been entered, and (d) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained herein shall constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any Person or governmental Entity or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Person or governmental Entity in any other or further proceedings involving the Debtors.

Each of the conditions set forth in Article 9.01 and Article 9.02 above, other than as set forth in Article 9.02(a), may be waived in whole or in part by the Debtors with the consent of the Majority Consenting Note Holders without notice, leave or other order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.

Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, all consideration distributed under this Plan shall be in exchange for, and in complete satisfaction, settlement, discharge, and release of, all Claims and Interest (other than those Claims and Interest that are Unimpaired under this Plan) of any nature whatsoever against the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, and regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to this Plan on account of such Claims and Interests. Upon the Effective Date, each of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed discharged and released under section 1141(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code from any and all Claims and Interests (other than those Claims and Interests that are not Impaired under this Plan), including, but not limited to, demands and liabilities that arose before the Confirmation Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Dune Preferred Stock, the Dune Common Stock and the Dune Other Equity Interests (if any) shall be cancelled, terminated and extinguished. By accepting distribution pursuant to the Plan, each holder of Allowed Claim receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to have specifically consented to the discharge.

AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, THE ADEQUACY OF WHICH IS HEREBY CONFIRMED, THE DEBTORS AS DEBTORS IN POSSESSION, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS AND ANY PERSON SEEKING TO EXERCISE THE RIGHTS OF THE DEBTORS’ ESTATES, INCLUDING ANY SUCCESSOR TO THE DEBTORS OR ANY ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE APPOINTED OR SELECTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 1123(B)(3) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE CONCLUSIVELY, ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY FOREVER RELEASED, WAIVED AND DISCHARGED THE RELEASED PARTIES FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, OBLIGATIONS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, DAMAGES, DEMANDS, DEBTS, RIGHTS, CAUSES OF ACTION AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER (OTHER THAN FOR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, INTENTIONAL FRAUD OR CRIMINAL CONDUCT AND OTHER THAN THE RIGHTS OF THE DEBTORS AND THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS TO ENFORCE THE PLAN AND THE CONTRACTS, INSTRUMENTS, RELEASES AND OTHER AGREEMENTS OR DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO), WHETHER DIRECT OR DERIVATIVE, LIQUIDATED OR UNLIQUIDATED, FIXED OR CONTINGENT, MATURED OR UNMATURED, DISPUTED OR UNDISPUTED, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, THEN EXISTING OR THEREAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE THAT ARE BASED IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY ACT, OMISSION, TRANSACTION, EVENT OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THE RESTRUCTURING OF THE DEBTORS, THE OFFERING MEMORANDUM, THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE PLAN, OR THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, AND THAT COULD HAVE BEEN ASSERTED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE DEBTORS OR THEIR ESTATES AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, (X) NO EXISTING OR FORMER OFFICER OR DIRECTOR SHALL BE RELEASED OR EXCULPATED AS A RESULT OF THIS ARTICLE 13.09 FROM ANY CLAIM BY ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR REORGANIZED DEBTORS AGAINST SUCH OFFICER OR DIRECTOR ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH OFFICER’S OR DIRECTOR’S INTERESTS IN THIRD PARTIES THAT HAVE ENGAGED IN TRANSACTIONS WITH ANY OF THE DEBTORS THAT WERE NOT DISCLOSED TO THE AD HOC COMMITTEE OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES AS OF THE DATE OF THE PLAN SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND (Y) NO FORMER OFFICER OR DIRECTOR SHALL BE RELEASED OR EXCULPATED AS A RESULT OF THIS ARTICLE 13.09 FROM ANY CLAIM WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH OFFICER OR DIRECTOR WOULD NOT BE ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION BY DUNE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OR BYLAWS OF DUNE (AS IN EFFECT AS OF THE COMMENCEMENT DATE) OR ANY INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS IN EXISTENCE BETWEEN DUNE AND SUCH OFFICER OR DIRECTOR.

EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE LAST SENTENCE OF ARTICLE 13.09 AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, THE ADEQUACY OF WHICH IS HEREBY CONFIRMED, (I) EACH CONSENTING NOTE HOLDER AND (II) EACH HOLDER (OTHER THAN A CONSENTING NOTE HOLDER) OF A CLAIM OR EQUITY INTEREST THAT VOTES IN FAVOR OF THE PLAN (OR IS DEEMED TO ACCEPT THE PLAN), AS APPLICABLE, FOR THEMSELVES AND ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE CONCLUSIVELY, ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY, FOREVER RELEASED, WAIVED AND DISCHARGED EACH OF THE DEBTORS AND THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, OBLIGATIONS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, DAMAGES, DEMANDS, DEBTS, RIGHTS, CAUSES OF ACTION AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, (EXCEPT FOR THE RIGHTS TO ENFORCE THIS PLAN AND THE OTHER AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS DELIVERED HEREUNDER) WHETHER DIRECT OR DERIVATIVE, LIQUIDATED OR UNLIQUIDATED, FIXED OR CONTINGENT, MATURED OR UNMATURED, DISPUTED OR UNDISPUTED, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, THEN EXISTING OR THEREAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE THAT ARE BASED IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY ACT, OMISSION, TRANSACTION, EVENT OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THE RESTRUCTURING OF THE DEBTORS, THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE PURCHASE, SALE OR RESCISSION OF THE PURCHASE OR SALE OF ANY SECURITY OF THE DEBTORS, THE PLAN, OR THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, EXCEPT THAT, AS TO SPECIFICALLY

THE RELEASED PARTIES, NOTHING HEREIN RELEASES WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, INTENTIONAL FRAUD, OR CRIMINAL CONDUCT.

ALL INJUNCTIONS OR STAYS PROVIDED FOR IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 105 AND 362 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR OTHERWISE AND IN EFFECT ON THE CONFIRMATION DATE, SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT UNTIL THE EFFECTIVE DATE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE PLAN OR THE CONFIRMATION ORDER, ALL PERSONS OR ENTITIES THAT HAVE HELD, HOLD OR MAY HOLD CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION AGAINST OR EQUITY INTERESTS IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS ARE, AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE PERMANENTLY ENJOINED FROM TAKING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AGAINST ANY OF THE DEBTORS AND THEIR ESTATES, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS OR THEIR PROPERTY OR ASSETS ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH CLAIMS, CAUSES OF ACTION OR EQUITY INTERESTS: (A) COMMENCING, CONDUCTING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING TO SUCH CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR EQUITY INTEREST; (B) ENFORCING, LEVYING, ATTACHING, COLLECTING OR OTHERWISE RECOVERING IN ANY MANNER OR BY ANY MEANS, WHETHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY JUDGMENT, AWARD, DECREE OR ORDER RELATING TO SUCH CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR EQUITY INTEREST; (C) CREATING, PERFECTING OR ENFORCING IN ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY LIEN RELATING TO SUCH CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR EQUITY INTEREST; (D) ASSERTING ANY SETOFF, RIGHT OF SUBROGATION OR RECOUPMENT OF ANY KIND, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, AGAINST ANY DEBT, LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION DUE TO THE DEBTORS RELATING TO SUCH CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR EQUITY INTEREST; AND (E) PROCEEDING IN ANY MANNER IN ANY PLACE WHATSOEVER THAT DOES NOT CONFORM TO OR COMPLY WITH OR IS INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN OR THE CONFIRMATION ORDER.

The Exculpated Parties shall not have or incur any liability to any Holder of a Claim or an Equity Interest, or any other party-in-interest, or any of their respective agents, employees, equity interest holders, partners, members, representatives, financial advisors, attorneys, or affiliates, or any of their successors or assigns, for any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the negotiation, solicitation, and/or distribution of the Offering Memorandum, the Exit Facility, Plan and Disclosure Statement, the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, the solicitation of acceptances hereof, the pursuit of Confirmation hereof, the consummation hereof, or the administration hereof or the property to be distributed hereunder, except for their willful misconduct or gross negligence, and in all respects they shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities.

Upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, all present and former Holders of Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtors, their respective successors and assigns, including the Reorganized Debtors, all other parties-in-interest in the Chapter 11 Cases (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.

right to include any amended exhibits in the Plan Supplement with the consent of the (i) Exit Facility Agent, solely as to provisions which affect, or could be reasonably expected to affect, the Exit Facility Agent’s rights, claims, recoveries, and/or interests, and (ii) Majority Consenting Note Holders, whereupon each such amended exhibit shall be deemed substituted for the original of such exhibit. After the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may, under section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, institute proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies within or among this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order, and to accomplish such matters as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent hereof so long as such remedies do not materially and adversely affect the treatment of Holders of Claims or Equity Interests hereunder.

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

All final requests for compensation or reimbursement of Professional Fee Claims pursuant to sections 327, 328, 330, 331, 503(b), or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for services rendered to the Debtors, any Committee, or to such other Entities as to which the foregoing sections apply prior to the Effective Date must be filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and their counsel no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Objections to applications of such Professionals or other Entities for compensation or reimbursement of expenses must be filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and their counsel and the requesting Professional or other Entity, no later than twenty one (21) days (or such other period as may be allowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court or as otherwise agreed to between the parties) after the date on which the applicable application for compensation or reimbursement was served.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw this Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date and to file other plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw this Plan, or if Confirmation or consummation hereof does not occur, then (a) this Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (b) any settlement or compromise embodied herein (including the fixing or limiting to an amount any Claim or Class of Claims), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or leases effected by this Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed null and void, and (c) nothing contained herein, and no acts taken in preparation for Consummation hereof, shall (x) constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interests in, the Debtors or any other Person, (y) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Entity in any further proceedings involving the Debtors, or (z) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtors or any other Entity.

As of the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited acceptances hereof in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Confirmation Date, the Debtors, the Consenting Note Holders, and each of their respective affiliates, agents, directors, managing partners, managers, officers, employees, investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, and other professionals shall be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer and issuance of the New Securities hereunder, and therefore are not, and on account of such offer, issuance and solicitation shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any law, rule or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections hereof, the offer and issuance of New Securities hereunder, or the distribution or dissemination of any information contained in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, and any and all related documents.

If the Filing Entities commence the Chapter 11 Cases, the Bankruptcy Court would schedule a hearing on the confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court would consider whether the Plan of Reorganization satisfies the various requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, including whether the Plan of Reorganization is feasible and whether the Plan of Reorganization is in the best interests of the holders of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities. At that time, the Filing Entities would submit a report to the Bankruptcy Court concerning the votes for acceptance or rejection of the Plan of Reorganization by the parties entitled to vote thereon.

Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. Any objection to confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization would have to be made in writing and filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on all required parties by the objection deadlines set by the Bankruptcy Court. Unless an objection to confirmation is timely served and filed, it may not be considered by the Bankruptcy Court.

At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court could confirm the Plan of Reorganization only if all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met. Among the requirements for confirmation of a plan of reorganization are that the plan is (i) accepted by all impaired classes of claims and equity interests or, if rejected by an impaired class, that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to such class, (ii) feasible and (iii) in the “best interests” of creditors and interest holders that are impaired under the plan of reorganization.

Confirmation Without Acceptance of All Impaired Classes: The “Cramdown” Alternative

Under the Plan of Reorganization, Classes 7 and 8 are deemed to have rejected the Plan of Reorganization. In view of the deemed rejection by such Claim and Interest holders, the Filing Entities will seek confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization pursuant to the “cramdown” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Specifically, Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) provides that a plan can be confirmed even if the Plan of Reorganization is not accepted by all impaired classes, as long as at least one impaired class of claims has accepted it. A bankruptcy court may confirm a Plan of Reorganization at the request of the debtors if the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to each impaired class that has not accepted the Plan of Reorganization.

A plan does not discriminate unfairly within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code if a dissenting class is treated equally with respect to other classes of equal rank.

A plan is fair and equitable as to a class of claims which rejects a plan if the plan provides (a) for each holder of a claim included in the rejecting class to receive or retain on account of that claim property that has a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim; or (b) that the holder of any claim or interest that is junior to the claims of such class will not receive or retain on account of such junior claim or interest any property at all.

A plan is fair and equitable as to a class of equity interests that rejects a plan if the plan provides (a) that each holder of an interest included in the rejecting class receive or retain on account of that interest property that has a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the greatest of the allowed amount of any fixed liquidation preference to which such holder is entitled, any fixed redemption price to which such holder is entitled, or the value of such interest; or (b) that the holder of any interest that is junior to the interests of such class will not receive or retain any property at all on account of such junior interest under the plan.

The Bankruptcy Code requires that the Bankruptcy Court determine that confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Filing Entities. For purposes of showing that the Plan of Reorganization meets this feasibility standard, the Filing Entities have analyzed the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to meet their obligations under the Plan of Reorganization and retain sufficient liquidity and capital resources to conduct their business.

The Filing Entities believe that with a deleveraged capital structure, the Filing Entities will be able to support the financial projections set forth in Appendix A to this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement (the “Projections”). Based on the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, (it is assumed that the Effective Date will occur on or about 60-75 days following the Petition Date) at emergence the Reorganized Debtors shall have been released from more than $250 million in debt obligations.

Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities are advised, however, that the Projections were not prepared with a view toward compliance with the published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or any other regulatory or professional agency or body or generally accepted accounting principles.

In addition to the assumptions footnoted in the Projections themselves, the Projections also assume that (i) the Plan of Reorganization will be confirmed and consummated in accordance with its terms, (ii) there will be no material adverse change in legislation or regulations, or the administration thereof, including environmental legislation or, regulations, that will have an unexpected effect on the operations of Reorganized Debtors, (iii) there will be no change in United States generally accepted accounting principles that will have a material effect on the reported financial results of Reorganized Debtors, and (iv) there will be no material contingent or unliquidated litigation or indemnity claims applicable to Reorganized Debtors. To the extent that the assumptions inherent in the Projections are based upon future business decisions and objectives, they are subject to change. In addition, although they are presented with numerical specificity and considered reasonable by the Filing Entities when taken as a whole, the assumptions and estimates underlying the Projections are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which will be beyond the control of Reorganized Debtors.

Accordingly, the Projections are only estimates that are necessarily speculative in nature. It can be expected that some or all of the assumptions in the Projections will not be realized and that actual results will vary from the Projections, which variations may be material and are likely to increase over time. The Projections should therefore not be regarded as a representation by the Filing Entities or any other person that the results set forth in the Projections will be achieved. In light of the foregoing, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Projections. The Projections should be read together with the information in the sections of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement entitled “Risk Factors” and “The Plan of Reorganization — Risks Associated with Plan of Reorganization” which set forth important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the Projections.

The Filing Entities do not intend to update or otherwise revise the Projections, including any revisions to reflect events or circumstances existing or arising after the date of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, even if any or all of the underlying assumptions do not come to fruition. Furthermore, the Filing Entities do not intend to update or revise the Projections to reflect changes in general economic or industry conditions. Whether actual results will conform to the Projections is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

With respect to each Impaired Class of Claims and Interests, confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization requires that each holder of a Claim or Interest either (a) accept the Plan of Reorganization or (b) receive or retain under the Plan of Reorganization property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the value such holder would receive or retain if the Filing Entities were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. To calculate the probable distribution to holders of each Impaired Class of Claims and Interests if the Filing Entities were liquidated under Chapter 7, the Bankruptcy Court must first determine the aggregate dollar amount that would be generated from the Filing Entities’ assets if their Chapter 11 Cases were converted to Chapter 7 cases under the Bankruptcy Code. This “liquidation value” would consist primarily of the proceeds from a forced sale of the Filing Entities’ assets by a Chapter 7 trustee.

The amount of liquidation value available to unsecured creditors would be reduced by, first, the claims of secured creditors to the extent of the value of their collateral, and, second, by the costs and expenses of liquidation, as well as by other administrative expenses and costs of both Chapter 7 cases and Chapter 11 cases. Costs of liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code would include the compensation of a trustee, as well as of counsel and other professionals retained by the trustee, asset disposition expenses, all unpaid expenses incurred by the Filing Entities in their Chapter 11 Cases (such as compensation of attorneys, financial advisors and accountants) that are allowed in the Chapter 7 cases, litigation costs, and claims arising from the operations of the Filing Entities during the pendency of

the Chapter 11 Cases. The liquidation itself would accelerate the payment of certain Tax and Other Priority Claims (collectively, “Priority Claims”) that otherwise would be due over time in the ordinary course of business. Those Priority Claims would be paid in full from the liquidation proceeds before the balance would be made available to pay General Unsecured Claims or to make any distribution in respect of equity interests. The liquidation would also prompt the rejection of most, if not all, of the Filing Entities’ executory contracts and unexpired leases, thereby creating a significant increase in General Unsecured Claims.

The Filing Entities believe that the Plan of Reorganization meets the “best interests of creditors” test of section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Filing Entities believe that the members of Impaired Class 8 will receive the same distribution under the Plan of Reorganization as in a liquidation (i.e., zero) and Impaired Classes 3, 6 and 7 will receive more under the Plan of Reorganization than they would receive in a liquidation.

Although the Filing Entities believe that the Plan of Reorganization meets the “best interests test” of section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will determine that the Plan of Reorganization meets this test. THESE ESTIMATES OF VALUE ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF ASSUMPTIONS AND SIGNIFICANT QUALIFYING CONDITIONS. ACTUAL VALUES AND RECOVERIES COULD VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE ESTIMATES SET FORTH HEREIN.

Holders of Claims and Interests against the Filing Entities should read and consider carefully the information set forth below, as well as the other information set forth in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement (and the documents delivered together herewith and/or incorporated by reference), prior to voting to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization. This information, however, should not be regarded as the only risks involved in connection with the Plan of Reorganization and/or its implementation. In particular, please see “Risk Factors,” including “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Plan of Reorganization.”

If the Offer is not consummated and the Filing Entities obtain the requisite votes to accept the Plan of Reorganization in accordance with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, the Filing Entities may file voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and seek, as promptly as practicable thereafter, confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. In the event that sufficient votes are not received, the Filing Entities may or may not file petitions for relief under Chapter 11 or Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In such event, the Filing Entities may seek to accomplish an alternative restructuring of their capitalization and their obligations to creditors.

The Bankruptcy Court, which sits as a court of equity, may exercise substantial discretion. Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation and requires, among other things, that the confirmation

of the Plan of Reorganization not be followed by a need for further financial reorganization and that the value of distributions to dissenting creditors and shareholders not be less than the value of distributions such creditors and shareholders would receive if the Filing Entities were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Although the Filing Entities believe that the Plan of Reorganization will meet such tests, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court would reach the same conclusion.

Although the Filing Entities believe that the Effective Date will occur reasonably soon after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing or as to whether it will occur.

The filing of bankruptcy petitions by the Filing Entities, and the publicity attendant thereto, may adversely affect the Filing Entities’ business. The Filing Entities believe that any such adverse effects may worsen during the pendency of protracted Chapter 11 Cases if the Plan of Reorganization is not confirmed as expected.

Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that the holder of a claim against, or interest in, a debtor who accepts or rejects a plan of reorganization before the commencement of a Chapter 11 case is deemed to have accepted or rejected such plan under the Bankruptcy Code so long as the solicitation of such acceptance was made in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitations, or, if such laws do not exist, such acceptance was solicited after disclosure of “adequate information,” as defined in section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

In addition, Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) states that a holder of a claim or interest who has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code will not be deemed to have accepted or rejected the plan if the court finds after notice and a hearing that the plan was not transmitted in accordance with reasonable solicitation procedures. Section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a holder of a claim or interest that has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code is deemed to have accepted or rejected the plan if (i) the solicitation of such acceptance or rejection was in compliance with applicable non-bankruptcy law, rule or regulation governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation or (ii) there is no such law, rule or regulation, and such acceptance or rejection was solicited in accordance with section 1125(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Filing Entities believe that the use of the Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement and Ballots for the purpose of obtaining acceptances of the Plan of Reorganization and the Filing Entities’ solicitation of the Plan of Reorganization is in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code. However, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will decide that the Filing Entities’ solicitation of the Plan of Reorganization meets the requirements of section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. If the Bankruptcy Court determines that the solicitation does not comply with the requirements of section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Filing Entities may seek to resolicit acceptances, and, in such event, confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization could be delayed and possibly jeopardized.

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code requires that the Plan of Reorganization classify Claims against, and Interests in, the Filing Entities. The Bankruptcy Code also provides that the Plan of Reorganization may place a Claim or Interest in a particular Class only if such Claim or Interest is substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests of such Class. The Filing Entities believe that all Claims and Interests have been appropriately classified in the Plan of Reorganization.

To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court finds that a different classification is required for the Plan of Reorganization to be confirmed, the Filing Entities presently anticipate that they would seek (i) to modify the Plan of Reorganization to provide for whatever classification might be required for confirmation and (ii) to use the acceptances received from any creditor pursuant to this solicitation for the purpose of obtaining the approval of the Class or Classes of which such creditor ultimately is deemed to be a member. Any such reclassification of creditors, although subject to the notice and hearing requirements of the Bankruptcy Code, could adversely affect the Class in which such creditor was initially a member, or any other Class under the Plan of Reorganization, by changing the composition of such Class and the vote required for approval of the Plan of Reorganization. There can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court, after finding that a classification was inappropriate and requiring a reclassification, would

approve the Plan of Reorganization based upon such reclassification. Except to the extent that modification of classification in the Plan of Reorganization requires resolicitation, the Filing Entities will, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, seek a determination by the Bankruptcy Court that acceptance of the Plan of Reorganization of any holder of Claims pursuant to this solicitation will constitute a consent to the Plan of Reorganization’s treatment of such holder regardless of the Class as to which such holder is ultimately deemed to be a member. The Filing Entities believe that under the Bankruptcy Rules the Filing Entities would be required to resolicit votes for or against the Plan of Reorganization only when a modification adversely affects the treatment of the Claim of any creditor or equity holder.

The Bankruptcy Code also requires that the Plan of Reorganization provide the same treatment for each Claim or Interest of a particular Class unless the holder of a particular Claim or Interest agrees to a less favorable treatment of its Claim or Interest. The Filing Entities believe that they have complied with the requirement of equal treatment. However, to the extent that the Bankruptcy Court finds that the Plan of Reorganization does not satisfy such requirement, the Bankruptcy Court could deny confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.

Issues or disputes relating to classification and/or treatment could result in a delay in the confirmation and Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization and could increase the risk that the Plan of Reorganization will not be consummated.

The Company is highly leveraged relative to its cash flow, and its liquidity position has been declining. There is a significant risk that the Company will not be able to meet its debt service obligations, and be unable to meet certain financial covenants in its credit facilities.

As a result of the events described above and in effort to improve the Company’s short-term liquidity and capital structure and generally reduce the Company’s financial risk, the Company has initiated restructuring efforts, as described further in the section of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement entitled “Summary—Restructuring Plan” which include:

The Filing Entities believe that the completion of the Exchanges is critical to their continuing viability. If the Company is not able to consummate the Plan of Reorganization and the Exchanges, the Filing Entities may seek to accomplish an alternative restructuring of their capitalization and/or commence cases under the Bankruptcy Code without the benefit of the Plan of Reorganization. The Filing Entities cannot be sure that any alternative restructuring arrangement or plan would result in a successful reorganization of the Filing Entities or that any reorganization would be on terms as favorable to the holders of the Senior Note Claims, Unsecured Claims, Dune Proffered Stock and Dune Common Stock as the terms of the Offer or the Plan of Reorganization.

The Filing Entities believe that, in the event that a bankruptcy filing is required to implement the Restructuring Plan, the Plan of Reorganization affords holders of Claims and Interests the potential for the greatest recovery and, therefore, is in the best interests of such holders. The Plan of Reorganization as presented is the result of considerable negotiations among the Filing Entities and the Ad Hoc Committee.

If, however, the requisite acceptances are not received, or the Plan of Reorganization is not confirmed and consummated, the theoretical alternatives include: (i) formulation of an alternative plan of reorganization or (ii) liquidation of the Filing Entities under Chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

If the requisite acceptances are not received or if the Plan of Reorganization is not confirmed, the Filing Entities may file Chapter 11 petitions and attempt to formulate and propose a different plan or plans of reorganization. Such a plan or plan(s) might involve either a reorganization and continuation of the Filing Entities’ businesses or an orderly liquidation of assets.

The Filing Entities’ businesses could suffer from increased costs, erosion of customer confidence and liquidity difficulties if it remained debtor in possession during a lengthy Chapter 11 process while trying to negotiate a plan of reorganization.

The Filing Entities believe that the Plan of Reorganization, which is the result of extensive negotiations between the Filing Entities and the Ad Hoc Committee, enables creditors to realize the greatest possible value under the circumstances and that, compared to any later alternative plan of reorganization, the Plan of Reorganization has the greatest chance to be confirmed and consummated.

If no plan is confirmed, the Filing Entities may be forced to liquidate under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to which a trustee would be elected or appointed to liquidate the Filing Entities’ assets for distribution to creditors in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. It is impossible to predict precisely how the proceeds of the liquidation would be distributed to the respective holders of Claims against or Interests in the Filing Entities.

The Filing Entities believe that in a liquidation under Chapter 7, before creditors received any distribution, additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a trustee or trustees and attorneys, accountants and other professionals to assist such trustees would cause a substantial diminution in the value of the Filing Entities’ Estate. Outstanding letters of credit (if any) which would otherwise not be drawn would be drawn. The assets available for distribution to creditors would be reduced by such additional expenses and by Claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, which would arise by reason of the liquidation and from the rejection of leases and other executory contracts in connection with the cessation of operations and the failure to realize the greater going concern value of the Filing Entities’ assets.

The Filing Entities could also be liquidated pursuant to the provisions of a Chapter 11 plan of liquidation. In a liquidation under Chapter 11, the Filing Entities’ assets could be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended period of time than in a liquidation under Chapter 7. Thus, a Chapter 11 liquidation might result in larger recoveries than in a Chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs. Because a trustee is not required in a Chapter 11 case, expenses for professional fees could be lower than in a Chapter 7 case, in which a trustee must be appointed. Any distribution to the holders of Claims under a Chapter 11 liquidation plan probably would be delayed substantially.

The Filing Entities believe that any alternative liquidation under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 is a much less attractive alternative to creditors than the Plan of Reorganization because of the greater return the Filing Entities believe is provided to creditors under the Plan of Reorganization.

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities as a result of consummation of the Plan of Reorganization. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim or Interest in light of its particular facts and circumstances or to certain types of Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims or Interests that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (including, persons who are related to the Filing Entities within the meaning of the Code, foreign persons, Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims who are themselves in bankruptcy, regulated investment companies, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, pass-through entities such as partnerships and Holders through such pass-through entities, and tax-exempt organizations) and also does not discuss any aspects of state, local, or foreign taxation or United States tax laws other than U.S. federal income taxation. The following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders whose Allowed Senior Note Claims are unimpaired under the Plan of Reorganization. The following summary also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders whose Allowed Senior Note Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities are completely terminated for no consideration under the Plan of Reorganization. Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims or Interests are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the effect such ownership may have on the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below.

If a partnership holds an Allowed Senior Note Claim or Interest, the tax treatment of a partner of such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If a Holder is a partner of a

partnership holding Allowed Senior Note Claims against or Interests in the Filing Entities, such Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors.

The following assumes that the Plan of Reorganization will be implemented as described herein and does not address the tax consequences if the Plan of Reorganization is not carried out. This discussion further assumes that the various debt and other arrangements to which the Filing Entities are a party will be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form. In addition, a substantial amount of time may elapse between the confirmation date and the receipt of a final distribution under the Plan of Reorganization. Events subsequent to the date of this disclosure statement, such as additional tax legislation, court decisions, or administrative changes, could affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization and the transactions contemplated thereunder.

This summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and no ruling will be sought or has been sought from the IRS with respect to any of the tax aspects of the Plan of Reorganization and no opinion of counsel has been obtained or will be obtained by the Filing Entities with respect thereto. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of certain aspects of the Plan of Reorganization are therefore uncertain due to the lack of applicable legal authority and may be subject to administrative or judicial interpretations that differ from the discussion below. The U.S. federal income tax laws applicable to corporations (including some of the Filing Entities) in bankruptcy are extremely complex and the following summary is not exhaustive. For these reasons, the discussion is not a substitute for careful tax planning and professional tax advice based upon the individual circumstances of each Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim or Interest. Accordingly, each Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim or Interest is strongly urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization.

The Filing Entities have substantial tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result of prior changes of ownership of the Filing Entities’ stock, the Filing Entities’ ability to use some of such tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes is limited under Section 382 of the Code. In general, a Section 382 ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of a Filing Entity’s stock owned by one or more 5% shareholders (as specially defined for Section 382 purposes to include certain groupings of less-than-5% shareholders) has increased (referred to as an “owner shift”) by more than 50 percentage points during the applicable testing period, which is generally the shorter of a rolling three-year period or the period that has elapsed since the last ownership change. As discussed below, the amount of the Filing Entities’ tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes may be significantly reduced or eliminated upon implementation of the Plan of Reorganization.

The Filing Entities anticipate that they will experience an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization as a result of the issuance of New Dune Common Stock and cancellation of the existing common stock in the Filing Entities pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization. An ownership change will result in an annual limitation on the amount of our pre-ownership change tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes that may be utilized to offset our future taxable income. This annual limitation is generally equal to the value of the Filing Entities’ stock immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) multiplied by the applicable federal rate for Section 382 purposes for the month in which the ownership change occurs (for example, the applicable federal rate is 3.77% for ownership changes occurring in November 2011). Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a particular year may be carried forward and used in subsequent years.

If the Filing Entities have a net unrealized built-in gain in their assets at the time of the ownership change, the annual limitation will be increased by certain built-in income and gains recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following the ownership change (up to the total amount of built-in income and gain that exists at the time of the ownership change). The Filing Entities will have a net unrealized built-in gain if, at the time of the ownership change, the built-in gain in their assets (i.e., asset value in excess of tax basis) and net built-in income (i.e., income which is economically accrued but not yet taken into account for tax purposes) exceeds the built-in loss in their assets and their built-in deductions by more than $10 million. In that case, built-in gain and built-in income recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following the ownership change would increase the annual limitation and therefore the amount of the Filing Entities’ tax losses that could be used following the ownership

change. Under one of the two available methods for determining built-in income, the Filing Entities’ built-in income would include the amount by which their tax depreciation, depletion and amortization expense during the five-year period is less than it would be if the Filing Entities’ assets had a tax basis on the date of the ownership change equal to their fair market value at such time. Under this method, built-in income also would include cancellation of debt (“COD”) income, but only to the extent the COD income was economically accrued at the time of the ownership change. Furthermore, to increase the limitation on the amount of the Filing Entities’ pre-ownership change tax losses that could be used following an ownership change, the built-in COD income would have to be recognized during the five year period.

The operation and effect of Code Section 382 would be materially different than that just described if the Filing Entities are subject to special bankruptcy rules provided in the Code. One special bankruptcy rule (the “382(l)(5) Exception”) provides that the Filing Entities’ ability to utilize their pre-Plan of Reorganization tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes would not be limited as described above. However, several other limitations would apply to the Filing Entities under the 382(l)(5) Exception, including (a) the Filing Entities’ pre-Plan of Reorganization tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes would be calculated without taking into account deductions for interest paid or accrued in the portion of the current tax year ending on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization and all other tax years ending during the three-year period prior to the current tax year with respect to the Allowed Senior Note Claims that are exchanged for New Dune Common Stock pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, and (b) if the Filing Entities undergo another ownership change within two years of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, the Filing Entities’ Code Section 382 limitation with respect to that ownership change will be zero. A second special bankruptcy rule is also available (the “382(l)(6) Exception”). Under the 382(l)(6) Exception, a corporation in bankruptcy that undergoes an ownership change generally is permitted to determine the fair market value of its stock after taking into account the increase in value resulting from any surrender or cancellation of creditors’ claims in the bankruptcy for purposes of determining the Section 382 Limitation. The Filing Entities have not yet determined whether they would elect to have the 382(l)(5) Exception or the 382(l)(6) Exception apply to the ownership change arising from the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization (assuming the 382(l)(5) Exception or 382(l)(6) Exception would otherwise apply).

The Filing Entities may realize COD income as a result of the discharge of Allowed Senior Note Claims against the Filing Entities under the Plan of Reorganization and/or as a result of the exchange of Allowed Senior Note Claims for shares of New Dune Common Stock and cash or new notes. COD is the amount by which the indebtedness discharged exceeds any consideration given in exchange therefor. However, COD income is not taxable to a debtor if the debt discharge occurs in a title 11 bankruptcy case. Rather, under Section 108 of the Code, any such COD income would reduce certain of the Filing Entities’ tax attributes, generally in the following order: (a) net operating losses; (b) general business credit carryforwards; (c) minimum tax credit carryforwards; (d) capital loss carryforwards; (e) the tax basis of the Filing Entities’ depreciable and nondepreciable assets (but not below the amount of their liabilities immediately after the discharge); (f) passive activity loss and credit carryforwards; and (g) foreign tax credit carryforwards. A debtor may elect to alter the preceding order of attribute reduction and, instead, first reduce the tax basis of its depreciable assets (and, possibly, the depreciable assets of its subsidiaries) and then to reduce net operating losses. It is unlikely that the Filing Entities will make this election. The reduction in tax attributes occurs only after the tax for the year of the debt discharge has been determined. Any excess COD income over the amount of available tax attributes is not subject to U.S. federal income tax and has no other U.S. federal income tax impact. Because the Plan of Reorganization provides that the Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims against the Filing Entities will receive New Dune Common Stock and cash or new notes in exchange for the Allowed Senior Note Claims, the amount of COD income, and accordingly the amount of tax attributes required to be reduced, will depend on the fair market value of the New Dune Common Stock and the amount of cash or the issue price of the new notes. These amounts cannot be known with certainty until after the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

The Regulations address the method and order for applying tax attribute reduction to an affiliated group of corporations. Under these Regulations, the tax attributes of each group member of an affiliated group of corporations that is excluding COD income is first subject to reduction. To the extent the debtor member’s tax basis in stock of a lower-tier member of the affiliated group is reduced, a “look through rule” requires that a corresponding reduction be made to the tax attributes of the lower-tier member. If a debtor member’s excluded COD income exceeds its tax attributes, the excess COD income is applied to the reduction of certain remaining consolidated tax attributes of the affiliated group.

As a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, there may be material reductions in tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of the reorganized Filing Entities. The extent of such COD income and resulting tax attribute reduction will depend significantly on the fair market value of the New Dune Common Stock and amount of cash or issue price of new notes issued in exchange for the Allowed Senior Note Claims against the Filing Entities.

In general, AMT is imposed to the extent 20% of alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) exceeds regular federal income tax. Certain tax deductions and other beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated in computing AMTI. One such modification is a limitation imposed on the use of net operating losses for AMT purposes. Specifically, no more than 90% of AMTI can be offset with net operating losses (as recomputed for AMT purposes). Therefore, AMT will be owed in years in which we have positive AMTI for the year, even if all of our regular taxable income is offset with net operating losses. In such case, our AMTI (before reduction by AMT net operating losses) will be taxed at a 2% effective federal tax rate (i.e., 10% of AMTI that cannot be offset with net operating losses multiplied by 20% AMT rate).

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims who receive in full satisfaction and discharge of their Allowed Senior Note Claims their pro rata share of some or all of the New Dune Common Stock (subject to dilution through the issuance of Management Stock) and cash or new notes will depend upon whether the Allowed Senior Note Claims constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and, if they do, whether the new notes constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The term “security” is not defined in the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations. Judicial decisions have held that the determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a “security” is based on an overall evaluation of the nature of the original debt. One of the most significant factors is the term of the original debt. In general, debt obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or less do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of ten years or more do constitute securities. The Allowed Senior Note Claims have an original maturity of slightly greater than five years. The new notes will have a maturity of less than five years if they are issued after December 15, 2011.

If the Allowed Senior Note Claims are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Plan of Reorganization should be treated as a recapitalization. If the Plan of Reorganization is treated as a recapitalization, a Holder of Allowed Senior Note Claims will recognize gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of any cash received or the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Plan of Reorganization) any new notes received (if the new notes are not securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and (b) the amount, if any, by which the sum of any cash or the fair market value of any new notes received and the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Plan of Reorganization) the New Dune Common Stock received, that is not allocable to accrued but unpaid interest, exceeds the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Allowed Senior Note Claims exchanged in the Plan of Reorganization other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. If a Holder’s tax basis in the Allowed Senior Note Claims exceeds the sum of any cash or the fair market value of any new notes received and the fair market value of the New Dune Common Stock received in exchange for the Allowed Senior Note Claims, such a Holder will not recognize loss.

Although the status of the Allowed Senior Note Claims as securities is not certain, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the Allowed Senior Note Claims do not constitute securities. Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims should consult their own tax advisor regarding whether the Allowed Senior Note Claims and new notes, if any, are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, in full satisfaction and discharge of their Allowed Senior Note Claims, Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims will receive their pro rata share of some or all of the New Dune Common Stock (subject to dilution through the issuance of Management Stock) and cash or new notes. A Holder should recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the fair market value as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization of the New Dune Common Stock and the amount of cash received or the fair market value as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization of new notes, that is not allocable to accrued but unpaid interest and (2) the Holder’s tax basis in the Allowed Senior Note Claims surrendered by the Holder other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. Such gain or loss should be capital in nature if the Allowed Senior Note Claims were held as capital assets by the Holder (subject to the “market discount” rules described below) and should be long-term capital gain or loss if the Allowed Senior Note Claims were held for more than one year by the Holder. If the Holder is a non-corporate taxpayer, any such long-term capital gain will be taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations. To the extent that a portion of the New Dune Common Stock, cash or new notes received in the exchange is allocable to accrued but unpaid interest, the Holder may recognize ordinary income. See the discussion of accrued but unpaid interest below. A Holder’s tax basis in the New Dune Common Stock should equal the fair market value of the New Dune Common Stock as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. A Holder’s holding period for the New Dune Common Stock should begin on the day following the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. A Holder’s tax basis in the new notes, if any are issued, should equal the fair market value of the new notes as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. A Holder’s holding period for any new notes, if issued, should begin on the day following the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

To the extent that any amount received by a Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, not previously included in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such amount should be taxable to the Holder as interest income. Conversely, a Holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss to the extent that any accrued interest on the Allowed Senior Note Claim was previously included in the Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full by the Filing Entities. The Treasury Regulations generally treat a payment under a debt instrument first as a payment of accrued but unpaid interest and then as a payment of principal.

For a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences arising from application of market discount principles to Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims, see “CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF EXCHANGE OFFER—Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Market Discount.”

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests

A Holder of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests will recognize gain equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash received and (b) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the amount of cash received and the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Plan of Reorganization) the New Dune Common Stock received exceeds the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests exchanged in the Plan of Reorganization. This gain generally should be capital gain. The capital gain recognized generally will be long-term capital gain to the extent that, at the effective time of the Plan of Reorganization, the Holder has a holding period in the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests exchanged in the Plan of Reorganization of more than one year. The aggregate tax basis to such a Holder of the New Dune Common Stock received in the Plan of Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests surrendered in exchange therefor in the Plan of Reorganization, increased by the amount of gain recognized and reduced by the amount of cash received. The holding period of the New Dune Common Stock received will include the holding period of the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests surrendered in exchange for the New Dune Common Stock. If a Holder’s tax basis in the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests exceeds the sum of the amount of cash received and the value of the New Dune Common Stock received in exchange for the Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests, such a Holder will not recognize loss. Holders of Allowed Dune Preferred Stock Interests with differing tax bases or holding periods should consult their tax advisors as to their specific tax consequences as a result of the Plan of Reorganization.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests

No gain or loss will be recognized by a Holder of Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests as a result of the surrender of the Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests solely in exchange for New Dune Common Stock pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization. The aggregate tax basis of the New Dune Common Stock received in the Plan of Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests surrendered in exchange for the New Dune Common Stock. The holding period of the New Dune Common Stock received will include the holding period of the Allowed Dune Common Stock Interests surrendered in exchange for the New Dune Common Stock.

For a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership and disposition of the New Dune Common Stock and new notes, if any, issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization for Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities, see “CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF EXCHANGE OFFER—Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of New Notes” and “CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF EXCHANGE OFFER—Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of Common Stock.”

For a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of information reporting and backup withholding for Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities, see “CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF EXCHANGE OFFER—Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization are complex. The foregoing summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular Holder in light of such Holder’s circumstances and income tax situation. Holders of Allowed Senior Note Claims against and Interests in the Filing Entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws and of any change in applicable tax laws.

Treasury Circular 230 Disclosure—This disclosure is provided to comply with Treasury Circular 230. This written advice is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by any person for the purpose of avoiding tax penalties that may be imposed on the person. This advice was written to support the promoting, marketing or recommending of the transaction(s) or matter(s) addressed by this written advice, and the taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor. No limitation has been imposed by counsel on disclosure of the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction.

This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is being transmitted to holders of Claims in Class 3 and holders of Interests in Class 6. Pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, Claims in Classes 1, 2, 4, 5 and Interests in Class 9 are unimpaired and Interests in Classes 7 and 8 are impaired under the Plan, and holders of such Interests are not entitled to vote on the Plan of Reorganization. Accordingly, holders of Claims in Class 3 and Interests in Class 6 will be the only holders of Claims or Interests that will vote on the Plan. A purpose of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement is to provide adequate information to enable such Claim and Interest holders to make a reasonably informed decision with respect to the Plan of Reorganization prior to exercising their right to vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization. Any capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan of Reorganization.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS IN CLASS 3 AND CLASS 6 CLASS ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND ITS APPENDICES CAREFULLY AND IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE DECIDING TO VOTE EITHER TO ACCEPT OR TO REJECT THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION. This Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement contains important information about the Plan of Reorganization and considerations pertinent to acceptance or rejection of the Plan of Reorganization.

THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS THE ONLY DOCUMENT TO BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION. No solicitation of votes may be made except after distribution of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, and no person has been authorized to distribute any information concerning the Filing Entities other than the information contained herein.

CERTAIN OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BY ITS NATURE FORWARD LOOKING AND CONTAINS ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS, AND PROJECTIONS THAT MAY BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM ACTUAL, FUTURE RESULTS. Except with respect to the Projections and except as otherwise specifically and expressly stated herein, this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement does not reflect any events that may occur subsequent to the date hereof and that may have a material impact on the information contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. The Filing Entities do not intend to update the Projections; thus, the Projections will not reflect the impact of any subsequent events not already accounted for in the assumptions underlying the Projections. Further, the Filing Entities do not anticipate that any amendments or supplements to this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement will be distributed to reflect such occurrences. Accordingly, the delivery of this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement will not under any circumstance imply that the information herein is correct or complete as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN HAS NOT BEEN AUDITED BY AN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND HAS NOT BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

In soliciting votes for the Plan of Reorganization pursuant to this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement from the holders of Claims and Interests in Class 3 and Class 6, the Filing Entities are also sending copies of the Plan of Reorganization and a ballot (a “Ballot”, and together with the Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement, the “Solicitation Package”) to such holders of claims and interests.

The “Voting Record Date” for purposes of determining noteholders and preferred stockholders that are eligible to vote on the Plan of Reorganization is the Expiration Date of the Offer and the Voting Deadline for the Plan of Reorganization (as such Expiration Date may be extended by the Filing Entities). Any Beneficial Holder whose Senior Secured Notes or Dune Preferred Stock are registered or held of record in the name of his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other Nominee and who wishes to vote on the Plan of Reorganization should provide their

instructions with respect to the Offer and/or Plan of Reorganization to their Nominee. To participate in the offer, the Nominee will need to tender the underlying Senior Secured Notes on behalf of the Beneficial Holder, in accordance with the Beneficial Holder’s instructions.

There are three different voting choices in connection with the Offer and Plan of Reorganization, which are outlined in greater detail below. The Ballot (which is Appendix D to this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement) was designed to assist Beneficial Holders of Senior Secured Notes and Dune Preferred Stock understand the voting process and provide the correct instruction to their Nominee. Beneficial Holders will need to provide their Ballot to their Nominee holding their Senior Secured Notes or Dune Preferred Stock in accordance with the directions provided by their Nominee and listed on the Ballot. By providing their Ballot to their Nominee holding their Senior Secured Notes or Dune Preferred Stock, Beneficial Holders are (as applicable) requesting that their Nominee execute a master ballot on the Beneficial Holder’s behalf that reflects their instructions with respect to the Plan of Reorganization.

OPTION 2. NOT PARTICIPATE in the Offer; vote to REJECT the Plan of Reorganization.

Beneficial Holders may also instruct with respect to a third option, which is the default option for those Beneficial Holders that do not provide any instructions:

OPTION 3. Take no action; not participate in Offer and Consent Solicitation; not vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

Please note that once a Beneficial Holder’s Senior Secured Notes have been tendered, the Senior Secured Notes will not be able to be traded. Withdrawals from the Offer and modifications to votes to accept or reject the Plan will not be permitted after the Voting Deadline. If the Offer are not successful and the Company does not commence their prepackaged bankruptcy cases, any Old Notes tendered into Option 1 will be returned to the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee that tendered the Senior Secured Note.

Soon after commencement of their prepackaged bankruptcy cases (if the Filing Entities opt to commence such prepackaged cases), any Senior Secured Note tendered into Option 1 will be returned to the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee that tendered the Senior Secured Note.

Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is deemed to be “impaired” under a plan of reorganization unless (i) the plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such claim or interest, the plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before the default.

In general, a holder of a claim or interest may vote to accept or to reject a plan of reorganization if (i) the claim or interest is “allowed,” which means generally that no party in interest has objected to such claim or interest, and (ii) the claim or interest is impaired by the plan. If a claim or interest is not impaired by the plan, the Bankruptcy Code deems the holder of such claim or interest to have accepted the plan and, accordingly, holders of such claims and interests are not entitled to vote on the plan. Claims in Classes 1, 2, 4 and 5 and Interests in Class 9 are Unimpaired under the Plan of Reorganization, and holders of such Claims are therefore not entitled to vote. Interests in Class 7 and 8 receive nothing on account of such Interests under the Plan of Reorganization, and holders of such Claims and Interests are therefore not entitled to vote. Accordingly, only holders of Claims in Class 3 and Interests in Class 6 are entitled to vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

By providing instructions to be included on a Master Ballot, each holder of Claims in Class 3 or Interests in Class 6 will be confirming that (i) such holder and/or legal and financial advisors acting on its behalf has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Filing Entities concerning the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, the business of the Filing Entities and other related matters, (ii) the Filing Entities have made available to such holder or its agents all documents and information relating to the Plan of Reorganization and related matters reasonably requested by or on behalf of such holder and (iii) except for information provided by the Filing Entities in writing, and by their own agents, such holder has not relied on any statements made or other information received from any person with respect to the Plan of Reorganization.

By providing instructions to be included on a Master Ballot each holder of a Claims in Class 3 or Interests in Class 6 also acknowledges that the interests being offered pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization are not being offered pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and represents that any such securities will be acquired for its own account and not with a view to any distribution of such interests in violation of the Securities Act. It is expected that when issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization such interests will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and may be resold by the holders thereof subject to the provisions of such section 1145.

Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and revocation or withdrawal of Letters of Transmittal/Ballots or Master Ballots will be determined by the Filing Entities in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. As indicated below under “Withdrawal of Ballots; Revocation,” effective withdrawals of Ballots must be delivered via facsimile to the Filing Entities prior to the Voting Deadline. The Filing Entities reserve the absolute right to contest the validity of any such withdrawal. The Filing Entities also reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots not in proper form, the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Filing Entities or their counsel, be unlawful. The Filing Entities further reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of delivery as to any particular Ballot. The interpretation (including the Ballot and the respective instructions thereto) by the Filing Entities, unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with deliveries of Ballots must be cured within such time as the Filing Entities (or the Bankruptcy Court) determine. Neither the Filing Entities nor any other person will be under any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities with respect to deliveries of Ballots nor will any of them incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of such Ballots will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Ballots previously furnished (and as to which any irregularities have not theretofore been cured or waived) will be invalidated.

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners of the Old Notes of the exchange of the Old Notes for shares of our common stock, shares of our New Preferred Stock and either New Notes or cash pursuant to the exchange offer (the “Exchange”), the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock and shares of our New Preferred Stock, and the ownership and disposition of the New Notes, if issued, and certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners of the Old Notes that do not participate in the Exchange. This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Old Noteholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to certain types of Old Noteholders that are subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, persons that hold the Old Notes as part of a “straddle,” a “hedge” or a “conversion transaction,” persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, investors in pass-through entities and certain former citizens or residents of the United States), nor does it address any other U.S. federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws), state, local or foreign tax considerations. This summary assumes that Old Noteholders have held their Old Notes and will hold the shares of our common stock, the shares of our Preferred Stock and the New Notes, if issued (as the case may be), as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is based on the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements and decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time and possibly with retroactive effect.

As used herein, “U.S. Holders” are any beneficial owners of the Old Notes, that are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(ii) corporations (or other entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

(iii) estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

(iv) trusts if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in place to be treated as a United States person.

A “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Old Notes that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the Old Notes, the treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding Old Notes should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Exchange and ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, shares of our New Preferred Stock and the New Notes.

We have not sought and will not seek a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below. This discussion does not in any way bind the IRS or the courts or constitute any kind of assurance as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below.

Old Noteholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of participating in the Exchange and the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, shares of our New Preferred Stock and the New Notes and the U.S. federal, state local and foreign tax consequences of not participating in the Exchange.

Since the shares of our New Preferred Stock the Old Noteholders will receive in the Exchange are automatically convertible into shares of our common stock at the Restructuring Time, we will treat the shares of our New Preferred Stock as constituting shares of our common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes and any reference below to “shares of our common stock” includes the related shares of our New Preferred Stock. The remainder of this discussion assumes that shares of our New Preferred Stock constitute shares of our common stock

for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Old Noteholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment of shares of our New Preferred Stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange

The following discussion is applicable if we issue New Notes to Old Noteholders in the Exchange and make no cash payments for Old Notes. See discussion below beginning with the section “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes” with respect to U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders if cash payments are made to Old Noteholders in the Exchange instead of the issuance of New Notes.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders who exchange their Old Notes for shares of our common stock and the New Notes will depend upon whether the Old Notes constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and, if they do, whether the New Notes constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The term “security” is not defined in the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations. Judicial decisions have held that the determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a “security” is based on an overall evaluation of the nature of the original debt. One of the most significant factors is the term of the original debt. In general, debt obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or less do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of ten years or more do constitute securities. The Old Notes have an original maturity of slightly greater than five years. The New Notes will have a maturity of less than five years if they are issued after December 15, 2011.

If the Old Notes are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Exchange should be treated as a recapitalization. If the Exchange is treated as a recapitalization, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (a) the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Exchange) the New Notes received if the New Notes are not securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (b) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the fair market value of the New Notes received and the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Exchange) shares of our common stock received, that is not allocable to accrued but unpaid interest, exceeds the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes exchanged in the Exchange other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. If a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Old Notes exceeds the sum of the fair market value of the New Notes received and the fair market value of shares of our common stock received in exchange for the Old Notes, such a U.S. Holder will not recognize loss.

Although the status of the Old Notes as securities is not certain, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the Old Notes do not constitute securities. Holders of Old Notes should consult their own tax advisor regarding whether the Old Notes and New Notes are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the fair market values of shares of our common stock and the New Notes received by the U.S. Holder in the Exchange that is not allocable to accrued and unpaid interest and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes being exchanged other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares of our common stock and New Notes will be equal to their respective fair market values on the date of the Exchange and the holding period for the shares of our common stock and New Notes will begin the day after the Exchange. Subject to the market discount rules discussed below under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Market Discount,” gain or loss recognized on the Exchange will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Old Notes have been held for more than one year at the time of the Exchange. Any amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on the Old Notes may be taxable as interest if such interest has not previously been included in income. In the case of U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. In the case of corporate U.S. Holders, net capital gain is currently taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rate as ordinary income, with a maximum rate of 35%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

The “issue price” of the Old Notes—i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the Old Notes were initially sold (other than to an underwriter, placement agent or wholesaler)—was $1,000.00 per $1,000 initial principal amount. The issue price of the New Notes is determined first by establishing the issue price of the “investment unit” consisting of shares of our common stock and the New Notes and then allocating such issue price between the shares of our common stock and the New Notes based on their relative fair market values. The issue price of the investment unit will depend on whether the investment unit is considered to be “publicly traded,” within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations. An investment unit is considered to be “publicly traded” if, at any time during the 60-day period ending 30 days after issuance, (i) it appears on a system of general circulation that provides a reasonable basis to determine its fair market value by disseminating either (x) recent price quotations (including rates, yields, or other pricing information) of one or more identified brokers, dealers or traders or (y) actual prices (including rates, yields, or other pricing information) of recent sales transactions or (ii) price quotations are readily available from dealers, brokers, or traders and certain exceptions do not apply.

If the investment unit is considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes, the issue price of the investment unit will be the fair market value of the investment unit determined as of the effective date of the Exchange. If the investment unit is not considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes but the Old Notes are considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes, the issue price of the investment unit will be the fair market value of the Old Notes determined as of the effective date of the Exchange.

Although not free from doubt, we believe that the investment unit consisting of shares of our common stock and the New Notes will likely not be considered “publicly traded” for these purposes, in which case, the issue price of the investment unit will be the fair market value of the Old Notes, which will likely be considered “publicly traded” for these purposes, as of the effective date of the Exchange. The issue price of the investment unit then would be allocated between the shares of our common stock and the New Notes based on their relative fair market values. Old Noteholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the issue price of the New Notes.

A U.S. Holder may have “market discount” with respect to an Old Note or a New Note. A U.S. Holder that (i) purchased an Old Note at a purchase price that was less than the stated redemption price at maturity of the Old Note or (ii) acquires a New Note, if the New Note has original issue discount as discussed below under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of New Notes—Original Issue Discount on New Notes,” at a basis that is less than the issue price of the New Note or, if the New Note does not have original issue discount, at a basis that is less than the stated redemption price at maturity of the New Note, in each case by more than a de minimis amount will be considered to have “market discount” with respect to the Old Note or the New Note. The “issue price” of each of the Old Notes and the New Notes is determined as discussed above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Issue Price of Old Notes and New Notes.”

Under the market discount rules of the Code, gain realized by a U.S. Holder on disposition or retirement of a note is generally treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on the note (the “Gain Recharacterization Rule”). Unless a U.S. Holder has elected to accrue market discount using a constant-interest method, accrued market discount is the total market discount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the U.S. Holder has held the note and the denominator of which is the number of days from the date the U.S. Holder acquired the note until its maturity. Under the market discount rules, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder in the Exchange is treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on the Old Note and any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of a New Note would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on the New Note.

A U.S. Holder may be required to defer interest deductions for the taxable year on debt incurred or continued to acquire or carry a note that has market discount, up to the amount of market discount accrued on the note during such year (the “Interest Deferral Rule”). Interest deferred under this rule is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later than the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder disposes of the note. If the U.S. Holder elects to include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount instruments acquired in that taxable year and thereafter, the Gain Recharacterization Rule and the Interest Deferral Rule described above will not apply. Such an election, once made, may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Qualified stated interest on the New Notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. “Qualified stated interest” means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate or, subject to certain conditions, at a rate based on one or more interest indices.

The New Notes may have original issue discount (“OID”) because the stated redemption price at maturity of the New Notes may exceed their issue price. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the excess of the “stated redemption price at maturity” of each New Note over its “issue price” constitutes OID. Generally, the “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt instrument will equal the sum of all cash payments required to be made on the debt instrument, other than qualified stated interest.

The “issue price” of the New Notes will be determined as discussed above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Issue Price of Old Notes and New Notes.” The issuance of any additional notes in lieu of cash interest payments will not be treated as a payment of interest. Instead, the New Notes and any additional notes issued in respect thereof will be treated as a single debt instrument under the OID rules. As a result, a U.S. Holder will be required to include OID in income as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method, without regard to when the U.S. Holder receives the cash attributable to that income, and regardless of the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the adjustment described in the following paragraph because the New Notes have a variable interest rate.

The amount of OID a U.S. Holder must include in income will generally equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the New Note for each day during the taxable year (or portion of the year) that the U.S. Holder held the New Note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for a New Note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the New Note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or last day of the accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is an amount equal to the product of the New Note’s “adjusted issue price” at the beginning of the accrual period and its “yield to maturity” (adjusted for the length of the accrual period) less any qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period, subject to the adjustment described below because the New Notes have a variable interest rate. The “adjusted issue price” of a New Note at the beginning of an accrual period will equal the issue price plus the amount of OID previously includible in the U.S. Holder’s gross income, less payments on the New Note on or before the first day of the accrual period not constituting qualified stated interest. The “yield to maturity” of a New Note will be computed on the basis of a constant interest rate, compounded at the end of each accrual period. Because the interest rate on the New Notes is a variable rate based upon the Three-Month LIBOR Rate subject to a floor, plus a margin, the OID accruals must be determined using the variable rate debt instrument rules under the applicable Treasury Regulations. Pursuant to these regulations the accrual of OID is initially determined as though the New Notes bear interest in all periods at a fixed rate equal to the initial rate that will be applicable to interest accrued on the New Notes on their issue date. The OID and adjusted issue price are adjusted for each subsequent accrual period if the interest actually accrued exceeds the initial rate.

U.S. Holders may elect to include in gross income all amounts in the nature of interest that accrue on the New Notes, including any stated interest, acquisition discount, OID, market discount, de minimis market discount and unstated interest. An election by a U.S. Holder with respect to New Notes that have market discount results in a deemed election to accrue market discount in income currently not only for the New Notes, but for all other bonds the U.S. Holder acquires with market discount on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies. This election may be revoked only with permission of the IRS. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the New Notes is increased by each accrual of amounts treated as OID pursuant to this election.

The New Notes will constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations,” commonly referred to as “AHYDOs,” if they are issued with “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of the rules applicable to AHYDOs and have a yield to maturity as determined for federal income tax purposes that is at least five percentage points above the applicable federal rate determined by the IRS as of the month in which the New Notes will be issued.

Our deduction of OID with respect to New Notes that constitute AHYDOs will be deferred until the OID is paid in cash or other property. Moreover, a portion of the interest deductions for accrued OID would be permanently disallowed if the New Notes have a yield to maturity that exceeds the applicable federal rate plus six percentage points. The AHYDO rules generally do not affect the amount, timing or character of a U.S. Holder’s income. However, a corporate U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a dividend in the amount of the disallowed portion of the OID allocable to the corporate U.S. Holder, in which case, if and to the extent we have current or accumulated earnings and profits, the corporate U.S. Holder will be eligible for a dividends received deduction with respect to such amount.

Sale, Exchange, Repurchase, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of New Notes

In general, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, repurchase, redemption or other taxable disposition of the New Notes measured by the difference (if any) between (i) the proceeds of the taxable disposition (excluding any amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on the New Notes, which will be taxable

as interest to the extent not previously included in income) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Notes. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in New Notes generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Notes increased by any OID or market discount previously included in income with respect to the New Notes and reduced by any cash payments on the New Notes not constituting qualified stated interest. Subject to the market discount rules discussed above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Market Discount,” gain or loss recognized on the sale, exchange, repurchase, redemption or other taxable disposition of the New Notes will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the New Notes have been held for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. In the case of U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. In the case of corporate U.S. Holders, net capital gain is currently taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rate as ordinary income, with a maximum rate of 35%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Our election to pay interest on the New Notes in additional notes instead of cash will not constitute a taxable exchange of the New Notes, but could alter the amount and timing of U.S. Holders’ income.

Distributions to U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock (including distributions of redemption or sale proceeds that are treated under Section 302 or Section 304 of the Code as a dividend distribution rather than as payment for the shares of common stock) will be treated as dividend income to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and then will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares of common stock and then as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares of common stock, as described below. If the U.S. Holder is a corporation, a dividends received deduction may be available with respect to dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to applicable limitations under the Code.

Dividends to non-corporate U.S. Holders during taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided the U.S. Holder held the stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and certain other requirements are met. Dividends to non-corporate U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss on a sale, exchange or retirement of shares of our common stock received pursuant to the Exchange, in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the shares of common stock and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains and losses will be long-term if the U.S. Holder’s holding period was more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are taxed at reduced capital gain rates. In the case of U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts, long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% during taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012 . In the case of corporate U.S. Holders, net capital gain is taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rate as ordinary income, with a maximum rate of 35%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Amounts received in the Exchange will be reported to the IRS as and when required under applicable Treasury Regulations. Further, information reporting requirements will apply to dividends received on shares of our common stock, certain payments of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, if any, OID, if any, interest and other amounts paid on the New Notes, proceeds from sales or other dispositions of shares of common stock, and proceeds from sales or other dispositions of the New Notes. Backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, will apply to reportable payments to a U.S. Holder that fails to certify its taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, certain tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange

This section applies to Non-U.S. Holders, as defined above in “U.S. Holders.” Such Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Exchange.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the Exchange (as determined above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Consequences of the Exchange” and “—Classification of Old Notes as Securities”), unless the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or in the case of an individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non U.S. Holder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the Exchange and certain other requirements are met.

If gain on the Exchange is effectively connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if an income tax treaty with the United States so requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder), the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable U.S. individual or corporate tax rates in the same manner as a U.S. Holder. In addition, corporate Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to an additional 30% branch profits tax (or the lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on the “dividend equivalent amount” of effectively connected earnings and profits. If gain on the Exchange is taxable because the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the Exchange and certain other requirements are met, the gain on the Exchange will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, any such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty.

Gain recognized on the Exchange might not include amounts received in respect of accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income. Such amounts may be subject to the rules regarding interest described below in “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of Common Stock and New Notes Received in the Exchange—Payment of Interest.”

Ownership and Disposition of Common Stock and New Notes Received in the Exchange,

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, dividends on shares of our common stock paid to Non-U.S. Holders generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such other rate as is provided by an applicable income tax treaty). Generally, the entire amount of a distribution on shares of our common stock will be subject to withholding even if some or all of the distribution does not constitute a dividend. We may elect to withhold only on the portion of the distribution that is a dividend. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit for amounts withheld on the non-dividend portion of a distribution on shares of our common stock, provided applicable IRS procedures are followed.

Except to the extent otherwise provided under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. Holder on dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. by the Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder). If the Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax on the “dividend equivalent amount” of its effectively connected earnings and profits at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

In order to claim the benefit of a U.S. income tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. by the Non-U.S. Holder, such Non-U.S. Holder must provide us or our agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income prior to payment the dividends that otherwise would be subject to withholding.

Generally, payments of interest (including for this purpose OID) to a Non-U.S. Holder are subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the interest is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty with the United States so requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder), in which case it is subject to U.S. net income tax or unless the “portfolio interest” exemption applies. Payments of interest that qualify for the “portfolio interest”

exemption will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. Interest paid on the New Notes will qualify for the portfolio interest exemption if:

1. the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S. Holder;

2. the Non-U.S. Holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;

3. the Non-U.S. Holder, under penalty of perjury, certifies to us, or our agent that it is not a U.S. person and provides its name, address and taxpayer identification number, if applicable, on IRS Form W-8BEN, or otherwise satisfies the applicable identification requirements;

4. the Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through stock ownership; and

5. the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank receiving interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business.

A Non-U.S. Holder that is not exempt from tax under the portfolio interest rules will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a rate of 30% on payments of interest, unless the Non-U.S. Holder delivers to us or our agent a properly executed (1) IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty or (2) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that interest paid on the New Notes is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. If the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business by a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder), the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. Holder on such interest. If the Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to U.S. branch profits tax on the “dividend equivalent amount” of its effectively connected earnings and profits at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of an income tax treaty.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock or the New Notes, unless:

1. in the case of an individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non U.S. Holder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition and certain other requirements are met;

2. the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder; or

3. solely in the case of shares of our common stock, the Non-U.S. Holder holds (or has held, during the shorter of the five-year period prior to the sale and the Non-U.S. Holder’s ownership period) shares of our common stock, and we are (or have been during such period) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we likely are currently, and will be in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, as a general matter, as long as shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, we will not be treated as a United States real property interest with respect to any Non-U.S. Holder that held no more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock during the relevant testing period. There can be no assurances that shares of our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for these purposes. If we are a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, among other things, a purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a Non-U.S. Holder from the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock, and the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxed as if such

gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder as described in the following paragraph.

Gain described in item 1 above and not described in item 2 above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses. Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, gain described in item 2 above will be subject to the U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. Holders generally but will generally not be subject to withholding. Corporate Non-U.S. Holders also may be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult any potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on a disposition of New Notes will not include amounts received in respect of accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income. Such amounts are subject to the rules regarding interest described above in “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of Common Stock and New Notes Received in the Exchange—Payment of Interest.”

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as the applicability of an income tax treaty and whether such treaty provides rules different than those discussed above.

Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions or deemed distributions to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to shares of our common stock or to interest payments made to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect of the New Notes, if such Non-U.S. Holder furnishes us or our paying agent with appropriate documentation of such Non-U.S. Holder’s non-U.S. status (generally on IRS Form IRS W-8BEN). Certain information reporting, however, will apply with respect to interest and dividend payments, even if such certification is provided.

The payment of proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder from the Exchange, a disposition of a share of our common stock or a disposition of a New Note to or through the U.S. office of any broker, domestic or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the requisite IRS procedures are followed.

Additional U.S. federal income tax withholding rules apply to certain payments made to foreign financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. A withholding tax of 30% would apply to the following payments to certain foreign entities unless various information reporting requirements are satisfied: (i) dividends on shares of our common stock paid after December 31, 2013, and (ii) the gross proceeds of a disposition of shares of our common stock paid after December 31, 2014. For these purposes, a foreign financial institution generally is defined as any non-U.S. entity that (i) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business, (ii) as a substantial portion of its business, holds financial assets for the account of others, or (iii) is engaged or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, partnership interests, commodities, or any interest in such assets. Old Noteholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of these rules with respect to shares in our common stock as well as the status of any related federal regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Company if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange

We will have cancellation of debt (“COD”) income if we consummate the Exchange and the sum of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock and the issue price of the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes is less than the adjusted issue price of the Old Notes. It is possible that, as a result of the Exchange, we will have substantial COD income.

the percentage of the value of our stock owned by one or more 5% shareholders (as specially defined for Section 382 purposes to include certain groupings of less-than-5% shareholders) has increased (referred to as an “owner shift”) by more than 50 percentage points during the applicable testing period, which is generally the shorter of a rolling three-year period or the period that has elapsed since the last ownership change. Another Section 382 ownership change will occur as a result of our issuance of shares in the Exchange.

An ownership change will result in an annual limitation on the amount of our pre-ownership change tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes that may be utilized to offset our future taxable income. This annual limitation is generally equal to the value of our stock immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) multiplied by the applicable federal rate for Section 382 purposes for the month in which the ownership change occurs (for example, the applicable federal rate is 3.77% for ownership changes occurring in November 2011). Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a particular year may be carried forward and used in subsequent years.

If we have a net unrealized built-in gain in our assets at the time of the ownership change, the annual limitation will be increased by certain built-in income and gains recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following the ownership change (up to the total amount of built-in income and gain that exists at the time of the ownership change). We will have a net unrealized built-in gain if, at the time of the ownership change, the built-in gain in our assets (i.e., asset value in excess of tax basis) and net built-in income (i.e., income which is economically accrued but not yet taken into account for tax purposes) exceeds the built-in loss in our assets and our built-in deductions by more than $10 million. In that case, built-in gain and built-in income recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following the ownership change would increase the annual limitation and therefore the amount of our tax losses that could be used following the ownership change. Under one of the two available methods for determining built-in income, our built-in income would include the amount by which our tax depreciation and amortization expense during the five-year period is less than it would be if our assets had a tax basis on the date of the ownership change equal to their fair market value at such time. Under this method, built-in income also would include COD income, but only to the extent the COD income was economically accrued at the time of the ownership change. Furthermore, to increase the limitation on the amount of our pre-ownership change tax losses that could be used following an ownership change, the built-in COD income would have to be recognized during the five year period.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes

The following discussion is applicable if we make cash payments to Old Noteholders instead of issuing New Notes in the Exchange.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders who exchange their Old Notes for shares of our common stock and cash will depend upon whether the Old Notes constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The term “security” is not defined in the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations. Judicial decisions have held that the determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a “security” is based on an overall evaluation of the nature of the original debt. One of the most significant factors is the term of the original debt. In general, debt obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or less do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of ten years or more do constitute securities. The Old Notes have an original maturity of slightly greater than five years.

If the Old Notes are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Exchange should be treated as a recapitalization. If the Exchange is treated as a recapitalization, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash received and (b) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the amount of cash received and the fair market value of (as of the effective time of the Exchange) shares of our common stock received, that is not allocable to accrued but unpaid interest, exceeds the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes exchanged in the Exchange other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. If a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Old Notes exceeds the sum of the amount of cash received and the fair market value of shares of our common stock received in exchange for the Old Notes, such a U.S. Holder will not recognize loss.

Although the status of the Old Notes as securities is not certain, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the Old Notes do not constitute securities. Holders of Old Notes should consult their own tax advisor regarding whether the Old Notes are securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the fair market value of shares of our common stock and the amount of cash received by the U.S. Holder in the Exchange that is not allocable to accrued and unpaid interest and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes being exchanged other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares of our common stock will be equal to their fair market value on the date of the Exchange and the holding period for the shares of our common stock will begin the day after the Exchange. Subject to the market discount rules discussed below under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes—Market Discount,” gain or loss recognized on the Exchange will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Old Notes have been held for more than one year at the time of the Exchange. Any amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on the Old Notes may be taxable as interest if such interest has not previously been included in income. In the case of U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. In the case of corporate U.S. Holders, net capital gain is currently taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rate as ordinary income, with a maximum rate of 35%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

A U.S. Holder may have “market discount” with respect to an Old Note. A U.S. Holder that purchased an Old Note at a purchase price that was less than the stated redemption price at maturity of the Old Note by more than a de minimis amount will be considered to have “market discount” with respect to the Old Note. The “issue price” of each of the Old Notes is determined as discussed above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes—Issue Price of Old Notes.” Under the market discount rules of the Code, gain realized by a U.S. Holder on disposition or retirement of a note is generally treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on the note (the “Gain Recharacterization Rule”). Unless a U.S. Holder has elected to accrue market discount using a constant-interest method, accrued market discount is the total market discount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the U.S. Holder has held the note and the denominator of which is the number of days from the date the U.S. Holder acquired the note until its maturity. Under the market discount rules, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder in the Exchange is treated as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount on the Old Note.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss on a sale, exchange or retirement of shares of our common stock received pursuant to the Exchange, in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the shares of common stock and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains and losses will be long-term if the U.S. Holder’s holding period was more than one-year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are taxed at reduced capital gain rates. In the case of U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts, long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% during taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012. In the case of corporate U.S. Holders, net capital gain is taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rate as ordinary income, with a maximum rate of 35%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Amounts received in the Exchange will be reported to the IRS as and when required under applicable Treasury Regulations. Further, information reporting requirements will apply to dividends received on shares of our common stock and proceeds from sales or other dispositions of shares of common stock. Backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, will apply to reportable payments to a U.S. Holder that fails to certify its taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, certain tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the Exchange (as determined above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes—Consequences of the Exchange” and “—Classification of Old Notes as Securities”), unless the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or in the case of an individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non U.S. Holder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the Exchange and certain other requirements are met.

“Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Ownership and Disposition of Common Stock and New Notes Received in the Exchange—Payment of Interest.”

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock, unless:

2. the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder; or

3. the Non-U.S. Holder holds (or has held, during the shorter of the five-year period prior to the sale and the Non-U.S. Holder’s ownership period) shares of our common stock, and we are (or have been during such period) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we likely are currently, and will be in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, as a general matter, as long as shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, we will not be treated as a United States real property interest with respect to any Non-U.S. Holder that held no more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock during the relevant testing period. There can be no assurances that shares of our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for these purposes. If we are a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, among other things, a purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a Non-U.S. Holder from the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock or the New Notes, and the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxed as if such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder as described in the following paragraph.

Holders also may be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult any potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as the applicability of an income tax treaty and whether such treaty provides rules different than those discussed above.

Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions or deemed distributions to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to shares of our common stock, if such Non-U.S. Holder furnishes us or our paying agent with appropriate documentation of such Non-U.S. Holder’s non-U.S. status (generally on IRS Form IRS W-8BEN). Certain information reporting, however, will apply with respect to interest and dividend payments, even if such certification is provided.

The payment of proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder from the Exchange or a disposition of a share of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker, domestic or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Company if Cash Payments are Made in Exchange Instead of Issuance of New Notes

We will have cancellation of debt (“COD”) income if we consummate the Exchange and the sum of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock and the amount of cash issued in exchange for the Old Notes is less than the adjusted issue price of the Old Notes. It is possible that, as a result of the Exchange, we will have substantial COD income.

We have substantial tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result of prior changes of ownership of our stock, our ability to use most of our tax loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes is limited under Section 382 of the Code. In general, a Section 382 ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of our stock owned by one or more 5% shareholders (as specially defined for Section 382 purposes to include certain groupings of less-than-5% shareholders) has increased (referred to as an “owner shift”) by more than 50 percentage points during the applicable testing period, which is generally the shorter of a rolling three-year period or the period that has elapsed since the last ownership change. Another Section 382 ownership change will occur as a result of our issuance of shares in the Exchange.

Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a particular year may be carried forward and used in subsequent years.

Generally, the modification of a debt instrument will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a “deemed” exchange of an old debt instrument for a new debt instrument if such modification is “significant” as specially determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The determination whether a modification is “significant” is based on all the facts and circumstances. In the case of the adoption of the Proposed Amendments to the Indenture, although the issue is not free from doubt, we intend to take the position that the adoption of such amendments should not constitute a “significant modification” of the terms of the Old Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such case, a U.S. Holder who does not tender its Old Notes pursuant to the Offer should not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the adoption of the Proposed Amendments, and such U.S. Holder should continue to have the same tax basis and holding period with respect to the Old Notes as it had before the adoption of the Proposed Amendments.

The law on this point, however, is unclear and the IRS could assert that the adoption of the Proposed Amendments constitutes a significant modification to the terms of the Old Notes. If such Proposed Amendments were treated as a significant modification of the terms of such Old Notes, a non-tendering U.S. Holder would be treated as having exchanged its “original” Old Notes for “modified” Old Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If both the “original” Old Notes and the corresponding “modified” Old Notes were treated as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such exchange could be treated as a tax-free recapitalization, in which case such non-tendering U.S. Holder should not recognize any gain or loss, except that a non-tendering U.S. Holder may be required to recognize ordinary income equal to the accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income on such “original” Old Notes.

If the deemed exchange were treated as a taxable transaction, the non-tendering U.S. Holder would recognize gain or, subject to the possible application of the wash sale rules, loss in an amount equal to the difference between the “issue price” of the “modified” Old Notes deemed to be received by such U.S. Holder that is not allocable to accrued and unpaid interest in the exchange and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis of the “original” Old Notes deemed to have been surrendered in the exchange other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest. Any such gain attributable to accrued but unrecognized market discount as discussed above under “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Market Discount” would be subject to tax as ordinary income, and any portion of the “modified” Old Notes attributable to accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income may be subject to tax as ordinary income. The non-tendering U.S. Holder’s holding period in the “modified” Old Notes would begin the day after the deemed exchange and such non-tendering U.S. Holder’s basis in the “modified” Old Notes would equal the issue price thereof.

If a taxable exchange were deemed to occur, the “modified” Old Notes may be treated as issued with OID if their stated redemption price at maturity exceeds their issue price. The issue price of the “modified” Old Notes would be determined based on whether the “original” Old Notes or “modified” Old Notes are considered to be publicly traded under the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. If the “modified” Old Notes are considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes, the issue price of the “modified” Old Notes will be the fair market value of the “modified” Old Notes determined as of the effective date of the deemed exchange. If the “modified” Old Notes are not considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes but the “original” Old Notes are considered to be “publicly traded” for these purposes, the issue price of the “modified” Old Notes will be the fair market value of the “original” Old Notes determined as of the effective date of the deemed exchange. Except where it falls under a statutory de minimis rule, any OID would be required to be included in the income of the U.S. Holders of the “modified” Old Notes on a constant yield interest basis over the term of the “modified” Old Notes and in advance of cash payments attributable to such income.

A Non-U.S. Holder who does not tender the Old Notes in the Exchange will be subject to the same rules as those discussed above with respect to non-tendering U.S. Holders for purposes of determining whether the Proposed Amendments give rise to a deemed exchange or a tax-free recapitalization. If the adoption of the Proposed Amendments constitutes a deemed exchange that does not qualify as a tax-free recapitalization, non-tendering Non-U.S. Holders may be treated as recognizing income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the deemed exchange of their Old Notes. In such event, the discussion in “Federal Income Tax Consequences to Tendering Non-U.S. Holders if No Cash Payments are Made in Exchange—Consequences of the Exchange” and “Classification of Old Notes as Securities” above, generally applies to any gain or amounts received that are attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on an Old Note not previously included in income.

This section discusses certain securities law matters that are raised by the Offer and the Plan of Reorganization. This section should not be considered applicable to all situations or to all Old Noteholders. Old Noteholders should consult their own legal counsel with respect to these and other issues.

We are relying on Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act to exempt the Offer from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Section 3(a)(9) provides that the registration requirements of the Securities Act will not apply to “any security exchanged by the issuer with its existing security holders exclusively where no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.” The Offer is also, pursuant to Section 18(b)(4)(C) of the Securities Act, exempt from state securities law requirements. Section 18(b)(4)(C) provides, among other things, that state securities laws will not apply to securities that are exempt from federal registration under Section 3(a)(9). We do not have any contract, arrangement, or understanding relating to, and will not, directly or indirectly, pay any commission or other remuneration to any broker, dealer, salesperson, agent, or any other person for soliciting votes to accept or reject the Offer. We have received assurances that no person will provide any information to Old Noteholders relating to the Offer other than to refer the Old Noteholders to the information contained in this Offering Memorandum and Disclosure Statement. In addition, no broker, dealer, salesperson, agent, or any other person, is engaged or authorized to express any statement, opinion, recommendation, or judgment with respect to the relative merits and risks of the Offer.

In the event that the conditions to the Offer are satisfied and we consummate the Offer, we will rely on Sections 3(a)(9) and 18(b)(4)(C) of the Securities Act to exempt the issuance of the common stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes from federal and state registration requirements with respect to resale. The common stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes will not be restricted securities. Under current SEC interpretations, securities that are obtained in a Section 3(a)(9) exchange assume the same character (i.e. restricted or unrestricted) as the securities that have been surrendered. In this case, all of the Old Notes are unrestricted securities. The common stock, New Preferred Stock and New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes will therefore also be unrestricted and recipients who are not our “affiliates” (as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) will therefore be able to resell common stock, the New Notes and New Preferred Stock without registration. Recipients who are our affiliates may resell their common stock, New Notes and New Preferred Stock subject to the provisions of Rule 144, absent registration or another appropriate exemption.

We will enter into a registration rights agreement to register common stock issued in exchange for the Old Notes and upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock. Please read “Registration Rights.”

Issuance and Resale of the New Notes and New Common Interests Under the Plan of Reorganization

In the event that we complete a restructuring pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, we also will rely on Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent it is applicable, to exempt the issuance of the New Notes and New Common Interests from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and of any state securities or “blue sky” laws). Section 1145 exempts from registration the sale of a debtor’s securities under a Chapter 11 plan if such securities are offered or sold in exchange for a claim against, or equity interest in, or a claim for an administrative expense in a case concerning, such debtor. In reliance upon this exemption, the New Notes and New Common Interests generally will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, recipients will be able to resell the New Notes and New Common Interests without registration under the Securities Act or other federal securities laws, unless the recipient is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, within the meaning of Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” as one who (a) purchases a claim with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim, or (b) offers to sell securities issued under a plan for the holders of such securities, or (c) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution, or (d) is an “issuer” of the relevant security, as such term is used in Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, statutory underwriters may be able to sell securities without registration pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Parties which believe they may be statutory underwriters

as defined in Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised to consult with their own counsel as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.

The consolidated financial statements of Dune Energy, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, have been audited by Malone & Bailey PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, incorporated by reference into this prospectus (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement of the proved properties impairment expense).

The information incorporated by reference into this prospectus regarding estimated quantities of proved reserves, the future net revenues from those reserves and their present value is based, in part, on estimates of the proved reserves and present values of proved reserves of the operating entities of Dune Energy, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and prepared by or from estimates prepared by DeGolyer and MacNaughton, independent petroleum engineers. Summaries of the reports of DeGolyer and MacNaughton of these estimates filed as exhibits to certain documents have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of each of those firms as experts in these matters.

The Company has prepared their projected operating and financial results on a consolidated basis for the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2016 (the “Projections”). The Company has also a pro forma balance sheet of Reorganized Dune.

The financial projection information discussed herein includes certain statements that may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

The Projections were not prepared to comply with the guidelines for prospective financial statements published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company’s independent accountants have neither examined nor compiled the Projections and accordingly do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the Projections, assume no responsibility for the Projections and disclaim any association with the Projections. Results set forth in the financial projections should not be viewed as indicative of future results.

The Company believes that the Projections are based upon estimates and assumptions that are reasonable. The estimates and assumptions may not be realized, however, and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. No representations can be or are made as to whether the actual results will be within the range set forth in the Projections. Therefore, although the Projections are necessarily presented with numerical specificity, the actual results of operations achieved during the projection period may vary from projected results. These variations may be material. Accordingly, no representation can be or is being made with respect to the accuracy of the Projections or the ability of the Reorganized Dune to achieve the Projections. Some assumptions inevitably will not materialize, and events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date on which the Projections were prepared may be different from those assumed, or may be unanticipated, and therefore may affect financial results in a material and possibly adverse manner. The Projections, therefore. may not be relied upon as a guarantee or other assurance of the actual results that will occur. In deciding whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan of Reorganization, Holders of Class 3 Claims and Class 6 Interests must make their own determinations as to the reasonableness of such assumptions and the reliability of the Projections.

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan of Reorganization.

a. Methodology. The Projections are based upon the Debtors’ detailed operating budget for the period ending September 30, 2011, which was developed on a consolidating basis beginning at the subsidiary level. The projections for the fiscal years 2012 through 2016 were prepared on the same basis, but developed through additional analysis techniques using key assumptions and current exploration and production industry outlook.

b. Plan Consummation. The operating assumptions assume the Plan of Reorganization will be confirmed and consummated by January 1, 2012.

c. Macroeconomic and Industry Environment. The Projections reflect the current outlook on the oil and gas industry and take into account the estimated future drilling and operating costs and commodity prices across the projection period.

a. Net Production. Oil and natural gas production was determined using a June 30, 2011 Appraisal Report prepared by DeGolyer and Mac Naughton, Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-716, and certain in-house estimates for exploitation/exploration potential recovery. The production volume of the hydrocarbon reserves projected in the report is adjusted by management to reflect risk of recovery of economic quantities and to revise the amount and timing of future capital expenditures.

b. Prices. NYMEX strip pricing as of October 24, 2011. The strip prices were then amended for the average differentials (premiums and discounts) received by the Company for its oil and gas based on such factors as quality and transportation.

c. Lease Operating Expenses. Lease operating expenses and exploration expenses are forecast using anticipated well count, prior knowledge and extensive expertise with respect to operating these oil and gas fields.

d. Depr., Depl. & Amortization. DD&A expenses are amortized using the Unit-of-Production method, which amortizes capitalized costs over total proved reserves.

e. General & Admin. Expenses. General and administrative expenses are base on planned headcount and previous experience in operating the company. Immediate reductions will occur as restructuring legal and consulting expenses will no longer be necessary. Cash general and administrative costs are expected to increase annually.

f. Insurance. Forecasted expenses are consistent with recent costs and are escalated at a rate of 3% per annum beginning in 2011.

g. Taxes Other than Income. Assumed to be state taxes assessed for the production and development of oil and gas. Tax rates are consistent with historical levels.

h. Interest Expense. Interest expense is calculated on the basis of the proposed debt structure and anticipated working capital requirements over the forecast period.

a. Capital Additions. Capital Expenditures associated with exploitation and exploration projects, as well as general maintenance of wells, are forecasted by Company’s management.

b. P&A. Projections assume the Reorganized Debtors will properly and timely plug and abandon wells and facilities associated with the production of oil and gas as wells are decommissioned.

c. Abandonment Escrow. Cash is released from escrow accounts as P&A work is completed.

d. New Notes. Projections assume New Notes in the amount of $50 million are paid back using available cash over a five (5) year period, with principal payments beginning in 2012.

e. New Credit Facility. Projections assume the New Credit Facility in the amount of $40 million gets paid back at the end of 2016.

Dune Energy, Inc. and the Dune Debtor Subsidiaries, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”), jointly propose the following plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.01 Definitions. The following terms used in the Plan shall have the respective meanings defined below:

“Ad Hoc Committee” means the ad hoc committee of the Consenting Note Holders represented by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

“Administrative Claim” means a Claim for payment of an administrative expense of a kind specified in section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority under section 507(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including (a) actual, necessary costs and expenses, incurred by the Debtors after the Commencement Date, of preserving the Estates and operating their businesses, including wages, salaries, or commissions for services rendered after the Commencement Date, (b) Professional Fee Claims, (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code, and (d) the reasonable post-petition fees and expenses of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustees, including any successors thereto, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of such Senior Notes Indenture Trustees.

“Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the date, if any, designated by the Bankruptcy Court as the last date for filing proofs of Administrative Claims against the Debtors.

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

respect to such Claim pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable law. Unless otherwise specified herein, in section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, “Allowed Claim” shall not, for purposes of distributions under the Plan, include interest on such Claim accruing from and after the Commencement Date; and